Morgan Stanley
MS
#52
Rank
$286.01 B
Marketcap
$179.96
Share price
2.34%
Change (1 day)
33.03%
Change (1 year)

Morgan Stanley - 10-Q quarterly report FY2016 Q2


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2016

OR

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

    

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer  x

  

Accelerated Filer  ¨

Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨

  

Smaller reporting company  ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of July 29, 2016, there were 1,911,808,935 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended June 30, 2016

 

Table of Contents

 

        Page        

Part I—Financial Information

 

Item 1.

    

Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 1
    

Consolidated Statements of Income

 1
    

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 2
    

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 3
    

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

 4
    

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 5
    

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 6
    

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

 6
    

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 7
    

3. Fair Values

 8
    

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 27
    

5. Investment Securities

 34
    

6. Collateralized Transactions

 40
    

7. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

 43
    

8. Equity Method Investments

 47
    

9. Deposits

 47
    

10. Long-Term Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

 47
    

11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

 48
    

12. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

 53
    

13. Regulatory Requirements

 59
    

14. Total Equity

 61
    

15. Earnings per Common Share

 64
    

16. Interest Income and Interest Expense

 65
    

17. Employee Benefit Plans

 65
    

18. Income Taxes

 66
    

19. Segment and Geographic Information

 67
    

20. Subsequent Events

 70
    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 71

Item 2.

    

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 72
    

Introduction

 72
    

Executive Summary

 73
    

Business Segments

 78
    

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

 90
    

Accounting Development Updates

 91
    

Critical Accounting Policies

 91
    

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 92

Item 3.

    

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 108

Item 4.

    

Controls and Procedures

 121

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

 122

Part II—Other Information

 

Item 1.

    

Legal Proceedings

 128

Item 2.

    

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 129

Item 6.

    

Exhibits

 129

 

  i LOGO


Table of Contents

Available Information.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including us) file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Our internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Our Corporate Governance webpage includes:

 

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

  

Charters for its Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

  

Corporate Governance Policies;

  

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

  

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

  

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

  

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

  

Equity Ownership Commitment;

  

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

  

Code of Conduct; and

  

Integrity Hotline Information.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

LOGO ii  


Table of Contents

Part I—Financial Information

Item 1.            Financial Statements

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in millions, except per share data)

(unaudited)

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 
  

 

2016

  

 

2015

  

 

2016

  

 

2015

 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

 $            1,224    $            1,614    $            2,331    $            2,971   

Trading

  2,746     2,973     4,811     6,623   

Investments

  126     261     92     527   

Commissions and fees

  1,020     1,158     2,075     2,344   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  2,637     2,742     5,257     5,423   

Other

  243     297     323     468   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

 

 

 

 

7,996 

 

  

 

 

 

 

9,045 

 

  

 

 

 

 

14,889 

 

  

 

 

 

 

18,356 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

1,667 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,386 

 

  

 

 

 

 

3,414 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,870 

 

  

Interest expense

  754     688     1,602     1,576   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net interest

 

 

 

 

913 

 

  

 

 

 

 

698 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,812 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,294 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

 

 

 

8,909 

 

  

 

 

 

 

9,743 

 

  

 

 

 

 

16,701 

 

  

 

 

 

 

19,650 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

  4,015     4,405     7,698     8,929   

Occupancy and equipment

  329     351     658     693   

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

  484     487     949     950   

Information processing and communications

  429     438     871     853   

Marketing and business development

  154     179     288     329   

Professional services

  547     598     1,061     1,084   

Other

  468     558     955     1,230   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

 

 

6,426 

 

  

 

 

 

 

7,016 

 

  

 

 

 

 

12,480 

 

  

 

 

 

 

14,068 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

2,483 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,727 

 

  

 

 

 

 

4,221 

 

  

 

 

 

 

5,582 

 

  

Provision for income taxes

  833     894     1,411     1,281   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

1,650 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,833 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,810 

 

  

 

 

 

 

4,301 

 

  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (4)    (2)    (7)    (7)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

 

1,646 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1,831 

 

  

 

 

$

 

2,803 

 

  

 

 

$

 

4,294 

 

  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  64     24     87     93   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

 

$

 

1,582 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1,807 

 

  

 

 

$

 

2,716 

 

  

 

 

$

 

4,201 

 

  

Preferred stock dividends and other

  157     142     235     222   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 

 

$

 

1,425 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1,665 

 

  

 

 

$

 

2,481 

 

  

 

 

$

 

3,979 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

 $0.77    $0.87    $1.33    $2.07   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01)    —     (0.01)    —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

 

 

$

 

0.76 

 

  

 

 

$

 

0.87 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1.32 

 

  

 

 

$

 

2.07 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

 $0.75    $0.85    $1.30    $2.03   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

 

 

$

 

0.75 

 

  

 

 

$

 

0.85 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1.30 

 

  

 

 

$

 

2.03 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

 

$

 

0.15 

 

  

 

 

$

 

0.15 

 

  

 

 

$

 

0.30 

 

  

 

 

$

 

0.25 

 

  

Average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

  1,866     1,919     1,875     1,922   

Diluted

  1,899     1,960     1,907     1,962   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  1 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 
  

 

2016

  

 

2015

  

 

2016

  

 

2015

 

Net income

 $1,646    $1,831    $2,803    $4,294   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

 $131    $34    $317    $(188)  

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale
securities(2)

  143     (228)    538     (28)  

Pension, postretirement and other

  (5)    (3)    (4)    (1)  

Change in net debt valuation adjustments(3)

  145     —     348     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

$

 

414 

 

  

 

 

$

 

(197)

 

  

 

 

$

 

1,199 

 

  

 

 

$

 

(217)

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

$

 

2,060 

 

  

 

 

$

 

1,634 

 

  

 

 

$

 

4,002 

 

  

 

 

$

 

4,077 

 

  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  64     24     87     93   

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  81     (16)    136     (18)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

 

$

 

        1,915 

 

  

 

 

$

 

        1,626 

 

  

 

 

$

 

        3,779 

 

  

 

 

$

 

        4,002 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include Provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(59) million and $(54) million in the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (“current quarter”) and the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (“prior year quarter”), respectively, and $(174) million and $120 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 (“current year period”) and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (“prior year period”), respectively.

(2)

Amounts include Provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $84 million and $(137) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $314 million and $(16) million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

(3)

Debt valuation adjustments (“DVA”) represent the change in the fair value resulting from fluctuations in the Firm’s credit spreads and other credit factors related to liabilities carried at fair value, primarily certain Long-term and Short-term borrowings. Amounts include Provision for (benefit from) income taxes of$80 million and $200 million in the current quarter and current year period, respectively. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO 2  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

                                                
  At June 30,
2016

 

  At December 31,
2015

 

 

Assets

  

Cash and due from banks

 $27,597    $19,827   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  28,536     34,256   

Trading assets, at fair value ($141,543 and $127,627 were pledged to various parties)

  256,794     239,505   

Investment securities (includes $67,726 and $66,759 at fair value)

  80,144     71,983   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $555 and $806 at fair value)

  97,589     87,657   

Securities borrowed

  131,281     142,416   

Customer and other receivables

  52,827     45,407   

Loans:

  

Held for investment (net of allowances of $323 and $225)

  77,283     72,559   

Held for sale

  15,882     13,200   

Goodwill

  6,581     6,584   

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $2,279 and $2,130) (includes $3and $5 at fair value)

  2,833     2,984   

Other assets

  51,526     51,087   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

 

828,873 

 

  

 

 

$

 

787,465 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Deposits (includes $95 and $125 at fair value)

 $152,693    $156,034   

Short-term borrowings (includes $511 and $1,648 at fair value)

  880     2,173   

Trading liabilities, at fair value

  140,662     128,455   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $699 and $683 at fair value)

  50,328     36,692   

Securities loaned

  17,241     19,358   

Other secured financings (includes $2,921 and $2,854 at fair value)

  9,901     9,464   

Customer and other payables

  201,189     186,626   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  14,112     18,711   

Long-term borrowings (includes $37,804 and $33,045 at fair value)

  163,492     153,768   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

750,498 

 

  

 

 

 

 

711,281 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

  

Equity

  

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

  

Preferred stock (see Note 14)

  7,520     7,520   

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

  

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,917,509,492 and 1,920,024,027

  20     20   

Additional paid-in capital

  22,697     24,153   

Retained earnings

  51,410     49,204   

Employee stock trusts

  2,873     2,409   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  (905)    (1,656)  

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value (121,384,487 and 118,869,952 shares)

  (3,626)    (4,059)  

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

  (2,873)    (2,409)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

77,116 

 

  

 

 

 

 

75,182 

 

  

Noncontrolling interests

  1,259     1,002   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

78,375 

 

  

 

 

 

 

76,184 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

$

 

828,873 

 

  

 

 

$

 

787,465 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  3 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

  Preferred
Stock

 

  Common
Stock

 

  Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

  Retained
Earnings

 

  Employee
Stock
Trusts

 

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost

 

  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts

 

  Non-
controlling
Interests

 

  Total
Equity

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

 $7,520    $20    $24,153    $49,204    $2,409    $(1,656)   $(4,059)   $(2,409)   $1,002    $76,184   

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA(1)

  —     —     —     312     —     (312)    —     —     —     —   

Net adjustment for accounting change related to consolidation(2)

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     106     106   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —     —     —     2,716     —     —     —     —     —     2,716   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     87     87   

Dividends

  —     —     —     (822)    —     —     —     —     —     (822)  

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —     —     (1,456)    —     464     —     2,062     (464)    —     606   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (1,629)    —     —     (1,629)  

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  —     —     —     —       —     1,063     —     —     136     1,199   

Other net decreases

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     (72)    (72)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2016

 $7,520    $20    $22,697    $51,410    $2,873    $(905)   $(3,626)   $(2,873)   $1,259    $78,375   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

 $6,020    $20    $24,249    $44,625    $2,127    $             (1,248)   $(2,766)   $(2,127)   $1,204    $72,104   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —     —     —     4,201     —     —     —     —     —     4,201   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     93     93   

Dividends

  —     —     —     (720)    —     —     —     —     —     (720)  

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —     —     (577)    —     314     —     1,423     (314)    —     846   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (1,473)    —     —     (1,473)  

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  —     —     —     —     —     (199)    —     —     (18)    (217)  

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,500     —     (7)    —     —     —     —     —     —     1,493   

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

  —     —     —       —     —     —     —     —     (191)    (191)  

Other net decreases

  —     —     (10)    —     —     —     —     —     (59)    (69)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2015

 $    7,520    $        20    $    23,655    $    48,106    $    2,441    $(1,447)   $    (2,816)   $    (2,441)   $     1,029    $    76,067   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, a cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative DVA amount, net of noncontrolling interest and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

(2)

In accordance with the accounting update Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, a net adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to consolidate or deconsolidate certain entities under the new guidance. See Note 2 for further information.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO 4  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 
  

 

2016

  

 

2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

  

Net income

 $2,803    $4,294   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

  

Income from equity method investments

  (1)    (83)  

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  492     611   

Depreciation and amortization

  879     654   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

  (82)    (55)  

Impairment charges

  67     83   

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

  131     38   

Other operating adjustments

  218     37   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

  

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

  (333)    25,115   

Securities borrowed

  11,135     (7,261)  

Securities loaned

  (2,117)    (2,068)  

Customer and other receivables and other assets

  (10,537)    (601)  

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

  9,907     (1,482)  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  (9,932)    (23,472)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  13,636     (4,263)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 

 

 

 

16,266 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(8,453)

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

  

Proceeds from (payments for):

  

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net

  (645)    (620)  

Changes in loans, net

  (4,724)    (9,082)  

Investment securities:

  

Purchases

  (30,700)    (26,832)  

Proceeds from sales

  20,274     26,501   

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

  3,507     2,796   

Other investing activities

  (126)    (97)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

 

 

(12,414)

 

  

 

 

 

 

(7,334)

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

  

Net proceeds from (payments for):

  

Short-term borrowings

  (1,293)    861   

Noncontrolling interests

  (43)    (60)  

Other secured financings

  (69)    (280)  

Deposits

  (3,341)    5,659   

Proceeds from:

  

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  42     176   

Derivatives financing activities

  —     312   

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  —     1,493   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

  20,628     22,909   

Payments for:

  

Long-term borrowings

  (15,900)    (12,963)  

Derivatives financing activities

  (120)    (257)  

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  (1,629)    (1,473)  

Cash dividends

  (791)    (673)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

 

 

 

(2,516)

 

  

 

 

 

 

15,704 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

714 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(542)

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

2,050 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(625)

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  54,083     46,984   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 

 

$

 

56,133 

 

  

 

 

$

 

46,359 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

  

Cash and due from banks

 $27,597    $19,145   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  28,536     27,214   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 

 

$

 

        56,133 

 

  

 

 

$

 

        46,359 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $1,082 million and $1,027 million.

Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $340 million and $342 million.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  5 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

 

1.            Introduction

and Basis of Presentation

 

The Firm

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

For a description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “2015 Form 10-K”).

Basis of Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which require the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Firm’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2015 Form 10-K. Certain footnote disclosures included in the 2015 Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted from the consolidated financial statements as they are not required for interim reporting under U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the

interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 12). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated balance sheets.

For a discussion of the Firm’s VIEs and its significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries, see Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. See also Note 2 herein.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Presentation

The adoption of the accounting update, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (see Note 2) on January 1, 2016, resulted in a net noncash increase in total assets of $126 million. In the prior year quarter, the Firm deconsolidated approximately $191 million in net assets previously attributable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that were related to a real estate fund sponsored by the Firm. The deconsolidation resulted in a non-cash reduction of assets of $169 million.

Global Oil Merchanting Business

As a result of entering into a definitive agreement to sell the global oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC, on May 11, 2015, the Firm recognized an impairment charge of $59 million in Other revenues during the prior quarter and prior year period, to reduce the carrying amount of the unit to its estimated fair value less costs to sell. The Firm closed the

transaction on November 1, 2015. The transaction did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and did not have a material impact on the Firm’s financial results.

 

 

LOGO 6  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

2.        Significant

Accounting Policies

 

For a detailed discussion about the Firm’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

During the current year period, other than the following, there were no significant updates made to the Firm’s significant accounting policies.

Accounting Standards Adopted

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates as of January 1, 2016.

 

 

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.    In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that changes the requirements for the recognition and measurement of certain financial assets and financial liabilities. The Firm early adopted the provision in this guidance relating to liabilities measured at fair value pursuant to a fair value option election that requires presenting unrealized DVA in Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), a change from the previous requirement to present DVA in net income. Realized DVA amounts will be recycled from AOCI to Trading revenues. DVA amounts from periods prior to adoption remain in Trading revenues as previously reported. A cumulative catch up adjustment, net of noncontrolling interests and tax, of $312 million was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative DVA loss amount from Retained earnings into AOCI.

Other provisions of this rule may not be early adopted and will be effective January 1, 2018, and are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.    In February 2015, the FASB issued an accounting update that provides a new consolidation model for certain entities, such as investment funds and limited partnerships. The adoption on January 1, 2016, increased total assets by $131 million, reflecting consolidations of $206 million net of deconsolidations of $75 million. The consolidations resulted primarily from certain funds in Investment Management where the Firm acts as a general partner.

 

 

Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.    In April 2015, the FASB issued an accounting update that requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of as an asset as was previously required. This guidance became effective for the Firm beginning January 1, 2016 and did not have a material impact in the consolidated financial statements.

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates as of January 1, 2016, which did not have an impact in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.

 

 

Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.

 

 

Measuring the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.

 

 

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.

 

 

  7 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

3.        Fair

Values

Fair Value Measurements

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. During the current quarter and current year period, there were no significant updates made to the Firm’s valuation techniques.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

  Level 1

 

   Level 2

 

   Level 3

 

   Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting

 

   Balance at June 30,
2016

 

 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

 $24,565      $—      $—      $—      $24,565    

U.S. agency securities

  795       22,085       20       —       22,900    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

 

 

 

 

25,360  

 

  

  

 

 

 

22,085  

 

  

  

 

 

 

20  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

47,465  

 

  

Other sovereign government obligations

  20,942       6,607       2       —       27,551    

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  —       1,943       10       —       1,953    

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —       586       216       —       802    

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —       961       51       —       1,012    

Asset-backed securities

  —       142       88       —       230    

Corporate bonds

  —       11,751       276       —       12,027    

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —       443       109       —       552    

Loans and lending commitments(1)

  —       3,879       5,418       —       9,297    

Other debt

  —       827       528       —       1,355    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

 

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

20,532  

 

  

  

 

 

 

6,696  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

27,228  

 

  

Corporate equities(2)

  100,018       367       572       —       100,957    

Securities received as collateral

  10,121       7       —       —       10,128    

Derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

  791       462,243       540       —       463,574    

Credit contracts

  —       16,157       304       —       16,461    

Foreign exchange contracts

  140       76,264       101       —       76,505    

Equity contracts

  1,368       40,524       637       —       42,529    

Commodity contracts

  2,847       8,605       4,057       —       15,509    

Other

  —       16       —       —       16    

Netting(3)

  (4,184)      (505,871)      (2,537)      (63,844)      (576,436)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

 

 

 

 

962  

 

  

  

 

 

 

97,938  

 

  

  

 

 

 

3,102  

 

  

  

 

 

 

(63,844) 

 

  

  

 

 

 

38,158  

 

  

Investments(4):

         

Principal investments

  21       19       769       —       809    

Other

  295       559       205       —       1,059    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total investments

 

 

 

 

316  

 

  

  

 

 

 

578  

 

  

  

 

 

 

974  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

1,868  

 

  

Physical commodities

  —       193       —       —       193    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total trading assets(4)

 

 

 

 

157,719  

 

  

  

 

 

 

148,307  

 

  

  

 

 

 

11,366  

 

  

  

 

 

 

(63,844) 

 

  

  

 

 

 

253,548  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

AFS securities

 

 

 

 

31,062  

 

  

  

 

 

 

36,664  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

67,726  

 

  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  —       555       —       —       555    

Intangible assets

  —       3       —       —       3    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

 

$

 

            188,781  

 

  

  

 

$

 

        185,529  

 

  

  

 

$

 

            11,366  

 

  

  

 

$

 

            (63,844) 

 

  

  

 

$

 

            321,832  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO 8  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Level 1

 

   Level 2

 

   Level 3

 

   Counterparty and
Cash Collateral
Netting

 

   Balance at June 30,
2016

 

 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $—      $65      $30      $—      $95    

Short-term borrowings

  —       511       —       —       511    

Trading liabilities:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  12,983       —       —       —       12,983    

U.S. agency securities

  358       111       —       —       469    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

 

 

 

 

13,341  

 

  

  

 

 

 

111  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

13,452  

 

  

Other sovereign government obligations

  15,885       2,668       —       —       18,553    

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  —       3       —       —       3    

Asset-backed securities

  —       449       —       —       449    

Corporate bonds

  —       5,578       6       —       5,584    

Other debt

  —       15       3       —       18    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

 

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

6,045  

 

  

  

 

 

 

9  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

6,054  

 

  

Corporate equities(2)

  46,440       76       26       —       46,542    

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  18,731       7       —       —       18,738    

Derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

  969       436,022       775       —       437,766    

Credit contracts

  —       16,403       1,418       —       17,821    

Foreign exchange contracts

  82       78,441       102       —       78,625    

Equity contracts

  1,262       43,177       2,110       —       46,549    

Commodity contracts

  2,368       7,652       2,759       —       12,779    

Other

  —       91       11       —       102    

Netting(3)

  (4,184)      (505,871)      (2,537)      (43,727)      (556,319)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

 

 

 

 

497  

 

  

  

 

 

 

75,915  

 

  

  

 

 

 

4,638  

 

  

  

 

 

 

(43,727) 

 

  

  

 

 

 

37,323  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

 

 

 

 

94,894  

 

  

  

 

 

 

84,822  

 

  

  

 

 

 

4,673  

 

  

  

 

 

 

(43,727) 

 

  

  

 

 

 

140,662  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

549  

 

  

  

 

 

 

150  

 

  

  

 

 

 

—  

 

  

  

 

 

 

699  

 

  

Other secured financings

  —       2,480       441       —       2,921    

Long-term borrowings

  44       35,831       1,929       —       37,804    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 

 

$

 

                94,938  

 

  

  

 

$

 

            124,258  

 

  

  

 

$

 

                7,223  

 

  

  

 

$

 

                (43,727) 

 

  

  

 

$

 

                182,692  

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  9 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Counterparty and
Cash Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31, 2015
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $17,658    $—    $—    $—    $17,658   

U.S. agency securities

  797     17,886     —     —     18,683   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  18,455     17,886     —     —     36,341   

Other sovereign government obligations

  13,559     7,400         —     20,963   

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —     1,651     19     —     1,670   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —     1,456     341     —     1,797   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —     1,520     72     —     1,592   

Asset-backed securities

  —     494     25     —     519   

Corporate bonds

  —     9,959     267     —     10,226   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —     284     430     —     714   

Loans and lending commitments(1)

  —     4,682     5,936     —     10,618   

Other debt

  —     2,263     448     —     2,711   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —     22,309     7,538     —     29,847   

Corporate equities(2)

  106,296     379     433     —     107,108   

Securities received as collateral

  11,221             —     11,225   

Derivative and other contracts:

     

Interest rate contracts

  406     323,586     2,052     —     326,044   

Credit contracts

  —     22,258     661     —     22,919   

Foreign exchange contracts

  55     64,608     292     —     64,955   

Equity contracts

  653     38,552     1,084     —     40,289   

Commodity contracts

  3,140     10,654     3,358     —     17,152   

Other

  —     219     —     —     219   

Netting(3)

  (3,840)    (380,443)    (3,120)    (55,562)    (442,965)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

  414     79,434     4,327     (55,562)    28,613   

Investments(4):

     

Principal investments

  20     44     486     —     550   

Other

  163     310     221     —     694   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  183     354     707     —     1,244   

Physical commodities

  —     321     —     —     321   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading assets(4)

  150,128     128,086     13,010     (55,562)    235,662   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS securities

  34,351     32,408     —     —     66,759   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  —     806     —     —     806   

Intangible assets

  —     —         —       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 $184,479    $161,300    $13,015    $(55,562)   $303,232   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities at Fair Value

     

Deposits

 $—    $106    $19    $—    $125   

Short-term borrowings

  —     1,647         —     1,648   

Trading liabilities:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

  12,932     —     —     —     12,932   

U.S. agency securities

  854     127     —     —     981   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  13,786     127     —     —     13,913   

Other sovereign government obligations

  10,970     2,558     —     —     13,528   

Corporate and other debt:

     

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —         —     —       

Corporate bonds

  —     5,035     —     —     5,035   

Lending commitments

  —         —     —       

Other debt

  —             —       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —     5,045         —     5,049   

Corporate equities(2)

  47,123     35     17     —     47,175   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  19,312             —     19,316   

Derivative and other contracts:

     

Interest rate contracts

  466     305,151     1,792     —     307,409   

Credit contracts

  —     22,160     1,505     —     23,665   

Foreign exchange contracts

  22     65,177     151     —     65,350   

Equity contracts

  570     42,447     3,115     —     46,132   

Commodity contracts

  3,012     9,431     2,308     —     14,751   

Other

  —     43     —     —     43   

Netting(3)

  (3,840)    (380,443)    (3,120)    (40,473)    (427,876)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

  230     63,966     5,751     (40,473)    29,474   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

  91,421     71,734     5,773     (40,473)    128,455   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  —     532     151     —     683   

Other secured financings

  —     2,393     461     —     2,854   

Long-term borrowings

  —     31,058     1,987     —     33,045   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 $            91,421    $            107,470    $                8,392    $              (40,473)   $166,810   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 10  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

AFS—Available for sale

(1)

At June 30, 2016, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $7,114 million of corporate loans, $1,721 million of residential real estate loans and $462 million of wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2015, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $7,286 million of corporate loans, $1,885 million of residential real estate loans and $1,447 million of wholesale real estate loans.

(2)

For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

(3)

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that shared level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

(4)

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the fair value of these investments was $3,246 million and $3,843 million, respectively. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value” herein.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for all periods presented. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Firm has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables herein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs.

 

  11 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Roll-forward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

  Beginning
Balance at
March 31,
2016
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases
(1)
  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30,
2016
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
June 30, 2016
 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $   $—    $—    $(18)   $—    $—    $30    $20    $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

      —     —     (3)    —     —     (3)        —   

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

              —     —     —     —     10       

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  292         —     (82)    —     —         216     (5)  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  59     (3)        (4)    —     —     (2)    51     (5)  

Asset-backed securities

      (4)        (1)    —     —     83     88     (4)  

Corporate bonds

  224     17     116     (35)    —     —     (46)    276     17   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  348     18         (178)    —     —     (82)    109     18   

Loans and lending commitments

  6,185     (46)    360     (484)    —     (596)    (1)    5,418     (55)  

Other debt

  527         13     (19)    —     —         528       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  7,644     (10)    503     (803)    —     (596)    (42)    6,696     (30)  

Corporate equities

  430     (63)    273     (82)    —     —     14     572     (63)  

Net derivative and other contracts(2):

         

Interest rate contracts

  169     (159)        —     (7)    42     (282)    (235)    (157)  

Credit contracts

  (723)    65         —     —     93     (550)    (1,114)    53   

Foreign exchange contracts

  126     (58)    —     —     —     (94)    25     (1)    (47)  

Equity contracts

  (1,832)    168     50     —     (140)    263     18     (1,473)    (106)  

Commodity contracts

  1,200     211         —     (4)    (88)    (26)    1,298     130   

Other

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (11)    (11)    —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,060)    227     58     —     (151)    216     (826)    (1,536)    (127)  

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  743         33     (11)    —     —     —     769       

Other

  179         25     —     —     —     —     205       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  922         58     (11)    —     —     —     974       

Intangible assets

      —     —     —     —     —     (4)    —     —   

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $23    $(1)   $—    $        —    $   $—    $(2)   $30    $(1)  

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

      (1)    (5)    29     —     —     (25)        (1)  

Lending commitments

          —     —     —     —     —     —     —   

Other debt

      —     (1)    —     —     —     —         —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  11     —     (6)    29     —     —     (25)        (1)  

Corporate equities

  31     (28)    (33)        —     —     (5)    26     —   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

      —     (1)    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151         —     —     —     —     —     150       

Other secured financings

  454     (14)    —     —     23     (22)    (28)    441     (14)  

Long-term borrowings

  1,798     21     —     —     164     (131)    119     1,929     26   

 

LOGO 12  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2015
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases
(1)
  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30, 2016
  Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstand-

ing at
June 30,
2016
 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $—    $   $—    $(19)   $—    $—    $38    $20    $  

Other sovereign government obligations

      —     —     (5)    —     —               

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  19             (15)    —     —         10       

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  341     (19)    19     (133)    —     —         216     (14)  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  72     (10)    —     (19)    —     —         51     (11)  

Asset-backed securities

  25     (7)        (18)    —     —     81     88     (8)  

Corporate bonds

  267     62     113     (128)    —     —     (38)    276     61   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  430         22     (224)    —     —     (124)    109     17   

Loans and lending commitments

  5,936     (111)    970     (720)    —     (672)    15    5,418    (121)  

Other debt

  448     (2)    133     (63)    —     —     12     528     (2)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  7,538     (81)    1,268    (1,320)    —     (672)    (37)    6,696     (77)  

    Corporate equities

  433     (45)    296     (119)    —     —         572     (64)  

    Securities received as collateral

      —     —     (1)    —     —     —     —     —   

    Net derivative and other contracts(2):

         

Interest rate contracts

  260     305         —     (21)    (60)    (722)    (235)    205   

Credit contracts

  (844)    (343)        —     —     153     (81)    (1,114)    (360)  

Foreign exchange contracts

  141     (109)    —     —     —     (201)    168     (1)    (82)  

Equity contracts

  (2,031)    (321)    71     —     (184)    1,121     (129)    (1,473)    (434)  

Commodity contracts

  1,050     297         —     (4)    (176)    124     1,298     210   

Other

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (11)    (11)    —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,424)    (171)    82     —     (209)    837     (651)    (1,536)    (461)  

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  486     (39)    403     (40)    —     (41)    —     769     (37)  

Other

  221     (17)        —     —     —     —     205     (16)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  707     (56)    404     (40)    —     (41)    —     974     (53)  

Intangible assets

      —     —     —     —     —     (5)    —     —   

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $19    $(2)   $—    $        —    $13    $—    $(4)   $30    $(2)  

Short-term borrowings

      —     —     —     —     (1)    —     —     —   
Trading liabilities:         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

  —     (5)    (7)    10     —     —     (2)        (5)  

Other debt

          (3)        —     —     —           
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

      (3)    (10)    14     —     —     (2)        (3)  

Corporate equities

  17     (3)    (22)    18     —     —     10     26     (3)  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

      —     (1)    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151         —     —     —     —     —     150       

Other secured financings

  461     (32)    —     —     69     (43)    (78)    441     (32)  

Long-term borrowings

  1,987     (12)    —     —     276     (167)    (179)    1,929     (6)  

 

  13 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Beginning
Balance at
March 31,
2015
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases
(1)
  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30, 2015
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
June 30, 2015
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $—    $—    $—    $(3)   $        —    $—    $   $   $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  11     —         (1)    —     —     (3)    12     —   

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  —             (9)    —     —     11           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  296         138     (32)    —     —     (26)    378       

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  180     (4)        (9)    —     —     (88)    84     (5)  

Asset-backed securities

  67         11     (64)    —     —     —     19       

Corporate bonds

  424     (4)    228     (150)    —     (2)    (17)    479     (16)  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  822     68     300     (439)    —     (78)    (13)    660     (10)  

Loans and lending commitments

  4,789     31     1,615     (351)    —     (491)    (81)    5,512     26   

Other debt

  486     (1)    130     (51)    —     —     —     564     (1)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  7,064     98     2,431     (1,105)    —     (571)    (214)    7,703     (2)  

Corporate equities

  230     38     266     (92)    —     —     44     486     26   

Securities received as collateral

  33     —     —     (30)    —     —     —         —   

Net derivative and other contracts(2):

         

Interest rate contracts

  (496)    95         —     (13)    14     160     (236)    135   

Credit contracts

  (984)    (24)        —     (24)    23     16     (989)    (29)  

Foreign exchange contracts

  297     57     —     —     (1)    43     50     446     82   

Equity contracts

  (2,472)    (23)    39     —     (54)    206     202     (2,102)    (161)  

Commodity contracts

  1,345             —     (112)    (34)    —     1,205     (27)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (2,310)    109     49     —     (204)    252     428     (1,676)    —   

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  829     (21)        (12)    —     (205)    (15)    581     (21)  

Other

  391     (4)    —     —     —     —     (87)    300     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  1,220     (25)        (12)    —     (205)    (102)    881     (21)  

Intangible assets

          —     —     —     —     —           

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

 $23    $—    $(21)   $15    $—    $—    $(2)   $15    $—   

Other debt

  23     —     —     10     —     (29)    —         —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  46     —     (21)    25     —     (29)    (2)    19     —   

Corporate equities

  50     240     (49)        —     —     349     112     240   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  33     —     (30)    —     —     —     —         —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  154     —     —     —     —     —     —     154     —   

Other secured financings

  133         —     —     37     —     —     168       

Long-term borrowings

  1,738     51     —     —     549     (88)    73     2,221     51   

 

LOGO 14  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases
(1)
  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30, 2015
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
June 30, 2015
 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $—    $—    $   $          —    $          —    $—    $—    $   $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  41             (32)    —     —     (4)    12       

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  —             —     —     —               

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  175     21     163     (51)    —     —     70     378     12   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  96     (6)    16     (22)    —     —     —     84     (9)  

Asset-backed securities

  76     (4)    11     (29)    —     —     (35)    19       

Corporate bonds

  386     10     213     (126)    —     (1)    (3)    479       

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,152     145     404     (682)    —     (331)    (28)    660     (6)  

Loans and lending commitments

  5,874     35     2,082     (209)    —     (2,078)    (192)    5,512     30   

Other debt

  285     (8)    12     —     —     (1)    276     564       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  8,044     194     2,905     (1,119)    —     (2,411)    90     7,703     45   

Corporate equities

  272     64     260     (147)    —     —     37     486     49   

Securities received as collateral

  —     —         —     —     —     —         —   

Net derivative and other contracts(2):

         

Interest rate contracts

  (173)    188         —     (20)    124     (364)    (236)    197   

Credit contracts

  (743)    (276)    17     —     (54)    31     36     (989)    (284)  

Foreign exchange contracts

  151     121     —     —     (1)    144     31     446     120   

Equity contracts

  (2,165)    (73)    69     —     (225)    156     136     (2,102)    (160)  

Commodity contracts

  1,146     299         —     (112)    (72)    (59)    1,205     234   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,784)    259     98     —     (412)    383     (220)    (1,676)    107   

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  835     (4)    15     (46)    —     (205)    (14)    581     (26)  

Other

  323     (16)        (6)    —     —     (3)    300     (12)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  1,158     (20)    17     (52)    —     (205)    (17)    881     (38)  

Intangible assets

          —     —     —     (1)    —           

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

 $78    $(2)   $(12)   $14    $—    $—    $(67)   $15    $(2)  

Lending commitments

          —     —     —     —     —     —       

Other debt

  38     —     —         —     (39)    (1)        —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  121         (12)    20     —     (39)    (68)    19       

Corporate equities

  45     19     (75)    25     —     —     136     112     20   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  —     —     —         —     —     —         —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  153     (1)    —     —     —     —     —     154     (1)  

Other secured financings

  149     (6)    —     —     37     (24)    —     168       

Long-term borrowings

  1,934     65     —     —     612     (300)    40     2,221     59   

 

 (1)

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases.

 (2)

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

 

  15 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following disclosures provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs

 

   Balance at
June 30, 2016
  

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

  

Range(1)

  

Averages(2)

   (dollars in millions)         

 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

 

               

 

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    $            216        Comparable pricing:    
         

     Comparable bond price / (A)

 

  

0 to 79 points

 

  

20 points

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   

 

 

 

51     

 

 

  

 

Comparable pricing:

    
              Comparable bond price / (A)  0 to 7 points  1 point

 

Asset-backed securities

    88        Comparable pricing:    
         

     Comparable bond price / (A)

 

  

45 to 55 points

 

  

46 points

 

 

Corporate bonds

   

 

 

 

276     

 

 

  

 

Comparable pricing(3):

    
          Comparable bond price / (A)  3 to 135 points  91 points
     Comparable pricing:    
         

     EBITDA multiple / (A)

 

  

5 to 10 times

 

  

7 times

 

 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    109        Comparable pricing(3):    
          Comparable bond price / (A)  20 to 95 points  57 points
     Correlation model:    
         

     Credit correlation / (B)

 

  

29% to 61%

 

  

42%

 

 

Loans and lending commitments

   

 

 

 

5,418     

 

 

  

 

Corporate loan model:

    
          Credit spread / (C)  482 to 898 bps  596 bps
     Margin loan model(3):    
          Credit spread / (C)(D)  31 to 102 bps  86 bps
          Volatility skew / (C)(D)  20% to 46%  32%
          Discount rate / (C)(D)  1% to 8%  3%
     Expected recovery:    
          Asset coverage / (A)  47% to 99%  90%
     Option model:    
          Volatility skew / (C)  -1%  -1%
     Comparable pricing:    
          Comparable loan price / (A)  43 to 100 points  87 points
     Discounted cash flow:    
     

 Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  5% to 6%  6%
         

     Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

 

  

4% to 10%

 

  

4%

 

 

LOGO 16  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Balance at
June 30, 2016
  

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

  

Range(1)

  

Averages(2)

   (dollars in millions)         

 

Other debt

    528       Comparable pricing:    
          Comparable loan price / (A)  3 to 84 points  66 points
     Comparable pricing:    
          Comparable bond price / (A)  7 points  7 points
     Option model:    
          At the money volatility / (C)  16% to 53%  53%
     Margin loan model(3):    
          Discount rate / (C)  1% to 2%  2%
     Discounted cash flow:    
              Discount rate / (C)  10% to 13%  12%

 

Corporate equities

   

 

 

 

572    

 

 

  

 

Comparable pricing:

    
              Comparable equity price / (A)  100%  100%

 

Net derivative and other contracts(4):

         

Interest rate contracts

    (235)      Option model(3):    
     

     Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  25% to 55%  42% / 42% (5)
          Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)  34% to 143%  78% / 77% (5)
          Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)  -8% to 35%  2% / -7% (5)
          Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)  19% to 95%  71% / 76% (5)
          Inflation volatility / (A)(D)  0% to 1%  1% / 1% (5)
          Interest rate - Inflation correlation / (A)(D)  -24% to -44%  -34% / -33% (5)
          Interest rate curve / (C)(D)  0% to 1%  1% / 1% (5)
          Foreign exchange volatility skew / (C)(D)  0% to 11%  4% / 6% (5)
     Comparable pricing:    
              Comparable bond price / (C)  95 to 100 points  96 points

 

Credit contracts

   

 

 

 

(1,114)   

 

 

  

 

Comparable pricing:

    
          Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)  5 to 12 points  10 points
          Comparable bond price / (C)(D)  0 to 85 points  26 points
     Correlation model(3):    
              Credit correlation / (B)  29% to 92%  49%

 

Foreign exchange contracts(6)

   

 

 

 

(1)   

 

 

  

 

Option model:

    
     

     Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  25% to 55%  42% / 42% (5)
          Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)  34% to 143%  78% / 77% (5)
          Interest rate curve / (A)(D)  0%  0% / 0% (5)
              Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)  19% to 94%  73% / 81% (5)

 

Equity contracts(6)

   

 

 

 

(1,473)   

 

 

  

 

Option model:

    
          At the money volatility / (A)(D)  6% to 81%  35%
          Volatility skew / (A)(D)  -4% to 0%  -1%
          Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D)  40% to 98%  79%
          Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)  -70% to -31%  -42%
              Equity - Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)  -7% to 50%  19% / 12% (5)

 

Commodity contracts

    1,298       Option model:    
          Forward power price / (C)(D)  $2 to $95 per megawatt hour  

$34 per

megawatt hour

          Commodity volatility / (C)(D)  6% to 90%  18%
              Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)  5% to 99%  93%

 

  17 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Balance at
June 30, 2016
  

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

  

Range(1)

  

Averages(2)

   (dollars in millions)         

Investments:

         

Principal investments

    769   Discounted cash flow:    
     

 Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  13% to 16%  15%
          Exit multiple / (A)(D)  8 to 23 times  9 times
     Market approach(3):    
          EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)  6 to 25 times  12 times
          Forward capacity price / (A)(D)  $4 to $9  $7
     Comparable pricing:    
              Comparable equity price / (A)  43% to 100%  82%

Other

    205   Discounted cash flow:    
     

 Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  9%  9%
          Exit multiple / (A)(D)  13 times  13 times
     Market approach:    
          EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)  6 to 13 times  12 times
     Comparable pricing(3):    
              Comparable equity price / (A)  100%  100%

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    150   Discounted cash flow:    
              Funding spread / (A)  117 to 123 bps  120 bps

Other secured financings

    441   Option model:    
          Volatility skew / (C)  -1%  -1%
     Discounted cash flow(3):    
          Discount rate / (C)  4%  4%
     Discounted cash flow:    
              Funding spread / (A)  101 to 126 bps  114 bps

Long-term borrowings

    1,929   Option model(3):    
          At the money volatility / (C)(D)  6% to 48%  29%
          Volatility skew / (C)(D)  -2% to 0%  -1%
          Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D)  50% to 98%  75%
          Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)  -50% to 11%  -25%
     

Option model:

    
          Interest rate - credit spread correlation / (A)(D)  -52% to 3%  -24% / -23% (5)
          Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation /    
              (A)(D)  53%  53% / 53% (5)
          Interest rate - equity correlation / (A)(D)  7% to 44%  26% / 26% (5)
          Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)  40% to 87%  73% / 78% (5)
     

Correlation model:

    
          Credit correlation / (B)  33% to 61%  44%
     

Comparable pricing:

    
              Comparable equity price / (A)  100%  100%

 

LOGO 18  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Balance at
December 31, 2015
 

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 

Averages(2)

  (dollars in millions)      

Assets at Fair Value

     

 

Trading assets:

           

Corporate and other debt:

     

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  $            341       Comparable pricing:  
              Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 75 points 32 points

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   72       Comparable pricing:  
              Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 9 points 2 points

Corporate bonds

   267       Comparable pricing(3):  
          Comparable bond price / (A) 3 to 119 points 90 points
   Comparable pricing:  
          EBITDA multiple / (A) 7 to 9 times 8 times
   Structured bond model:  
              Discount rate / (C) 15% 15%

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   430       Comparable pricing(3):  
          Comparable bond price / (A) 47 to 103 points 67 points
   Correlation model:  
              Credit correlation / (B) 39% to 60% 49%

Loans and lending commitments

   5,936       Corporate loan model:  
          Credit spread / (C) 250 to 866 bps 531 bps
   Margin loan model(3):  
          Credit spread / (C)(D) 62 to 499 bps 145 bps
          Volatility skew / (C)(D) 14% to 70% 33%
          Discount rate / (C)(D) 1% to 4% 2%
   Option model:  
          Volatility skew / (C) -1% -1%
   Comparable pricing:  
          Comparable loan price / (A) 35 to 100 points 88 points
   Discounted cash flow:  
   

  Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 6% to 8% 7%
              Capitalization rate / (C)(D) 4% to 10% 4%

Other debt

   448       Comparable pricing:  
          Comparable loan price / (A) 4 to 84 points 59 points
   Comparable pricing:  
          Comparable bond price / (A) 8 points 8 points
   Option model:  
          At the money volatility / (C) 16% to 53% 53%
   Margin loan model(3):  
              Discount rate / (C) 1% 1%

Corporate equities

   433       Comparable pricing:  
          Comparable price / (A) 50% to 80% 72%
   Comparable pricing(3):  
          Comparable equity price / (A) 100% 100%
   Market approach:  
          EBITDA multiple / (A) 9 times 9 times

 

  19 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Balance at
December 31, 2015
 

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 

Averages(2)

  (dollars in millions)      

Net derivative and other contracts(4):

     

 

Interest rate contracts

   260        Option model:  
   

 Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 3 times 2 times
   

 Interest rate - Foreign exchange
correlation / (C)(D)

 25% to 62% 43% / 43%(5)
          Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 29% to 82% 43% / 40%(5)
          Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D) -8% to 36% 5% / -6%(5)
          Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D) 24% to 95% 60% / 69%(5)
          Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 58% 58% / 58%(5)
              Interest rate - Inflation correlation / (A)(D) -41% to -39% -41% / -41%(5)

Credit contracts

   (844)       Comparable pricing:  
          Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D) 5 to 12 points 9 points
          Comparable bond price / (C)(D) 0 to 75 points 24 points
   Correlation model(3):  
              Credit correlation / (B) 39% to 97% 57%

Foreign exchange contracts(6)

   141        Option model:  
   

 Interest rate - Foreign exchange
correlation / (C)(D)

 25% to 62% 43% / 43%(5)
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 29% to 82% 43% / 40%(5)
              Interest rate curve / (A)(D) 0% 0% / 0%(5)

Equity contracts(6)

   (2,031)       Option model:  
          At the money volatility / (A)(D) 16% to 65% 32%
          Volatility skew / (A)(D) -3% to 0% -1%
          Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40% to 99% 71%
          Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D) -60% to -11% -39%
              Equity - Interest rate correlation / (C)(D) -29% to 50% 16% / 8%(5)

Commodity contracts

   1,050        Option model:  
          Forward power price / (C)(D) $3 to $91 per $32 per
    megawatt hour megawatt hour
          Commodity volatility / (A)(D) 10% to 92% 18%
              Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D) 43% to 99% 93%

Investments:

     

 

Principal investments

   486        Discounted cash flow:  
   

 Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 16% 16%
          Exit multiple / (A)(D) 8 to 14 times 9 times
          Capitalization rate / (C)(D) 5% to 9% 6%
          Equity discount rate / (C)(D) 20% to 35% 26%
   Market approach(3):  
          EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 8 to 20 times 11 times
          Forward capacity price / (A)(D) $5 to $9 $7
   Comparable pricing:  
              Comparable equity price / (A) 43% to 100% 81%

Other

   221        Discounted cash flow:  
          Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D) 10% 10%
          Exit multiple / (A)(D) 13 times 13 times
   Market approach:  
          EBITDA multiple / (A) 7 to 14 times 12 times
   Comparable pricing(3):  
              Comparable equity price / (A) 100% 100%

 

LOGO 20  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Balance at
December 31, 2015
 

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 

Averages(2)

  (dollars in millions)      

Liabilities at Fair Value

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $151                        Discounted cash flow:  
                                    Funding spread / (A) 86 to 116 bps 105 bps

Other secured financings

   461                        Option model:  
                                Volatility skew / (C) -1% -1%
                         Discounted cash flow(3):  
                                Discount rate / (C) 4% to 13% 4%
                         Discounted cash flow:  
                                    Funding spread / (A) 95 to 113 bps 104 bps

Long-term borrowings

   1,987                        Option model(3):  
                                At the money volatility / (C)(D) 20% to 50% 29%
                                Volatility skew / (A)(D) -1% to 0% -1%
                                Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D) 40% to 97% 77%
   

                        Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -70% to -11% -39%
                         Option model:  
                                Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 50% 50%
                                Equity volatility discount / (A)(D) 10% 10%
                         Correlation model:  
                                Credit correlation / (B) 40% to 60% 52%
                         Comparable pricing:  
                                     Comparable equity price / (A) 100% 100%

 

bps—Basis points

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

(1)

The range of significant unobservable inputs is represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 79 points would be 79% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 898 bps would equal 8.98%.

(2)

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 5 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for collateralized debt and loan obligations, principal investments, other debt, corporate bonds, long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where some or all inputs are weighted by risk.

(3)

This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

(4)

Credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) and funding valuation adjustments (“FVA”) are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Input(s) in the previous table. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

(5)

The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, certain equity contracts and certain long-term borrowings may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.

(6)

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)

Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

(B)

Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.

(C)

Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

(D)

There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

For a description of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs for all major categories of assets and liabilities, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. The following provides a description of an update to significant unobservable inputs included in the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

Asset Coverage—the ratio of a borrower’s underlying pledged assets less applicable costs relative to their outstanding debt (while considering the loan’s principal and the seniority and security of the loan commitment).

During the current quarter and current year period, there were no other significant updates made to the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

 

 

  21 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value

For a description of the Firm’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Investments in Certain Funds Measured at NAV per Share

 

   At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
       Fair Value           Commitment           Fair Value           Commitment     
   (dollars in millions) 

Private equity funds

  $1,698     $395     $1,917     $538   

Real estate funds

   1,228      111      1,337      128   

Hedge funds

   320           589        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $        3,246     $            510     $        3,843     $           670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Fair Value of Non-Redeemable Funds by Projected Distribution

 

   At June 30, 2016 
   Private Equity
      Funds          
   Real Estate
          Funds          
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Less than 5 years

  $128     $94   

5-10 years

   911      669   

Over 10 years

   659      465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $        1,698     $        1,228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restrictions

Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision restricts an investor from making a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

Redemption Frequency as Percentage of Hedge Fund Fair Value

 

         At June 30, 2016      

Hedge Funds(1)

   

Quarterly

  55%

Every Six Months

  20%

Greater than Six Months

  19%

___________

 

(1)

The redemption notice period was primarily three months or greater.

Hedge fund investments representing approximately 6% of the fair value cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was primarily over three years at June 30, 2016. Hedge fund investments representing approximately 26% of the fair value cannot be redeemed as of June 30, 2016 because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager primarily for indefinite periods.

 

 

LOGO 22  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Impact on Earnings of Transactions Under the Fair Value Option Election

In addition to the amounts in the following table, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K, instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value. The amounts in this table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

 

   Trading
    Revenues    
   Interest
Income
        (Expense)        
   Gains (Losses)
Included in
    Net Revenues    
 
   (dollars in millions) 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2016      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1)    $    $  

Deposits(1)

   (1)     (1)     (2)  

Short-term borrowings(1)

   (9)     —      (9)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

   (3)     (3)     (6)  

Long-term borrowings(1)

   (1,289)     (130)     (1,419)  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2016      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1)    $    $  

Deposits(1)

   (3)     (1)     (4)  

Short-term borrowings(1)

   36      —      36   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

   (12)     (5)     (17)  

Long-term borrowings(1)

   (2,254)     (269)     (2,523)  
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(2)    $    $  

Short-term borrowings(2)

   (2)     —      (2)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(2)

        (2)       

Long-term borrowings(2)

   152      (138)     14   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(3)    $                5     $  

Short-term borrowings(2)

   (42)     —      (42)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(2)

        (3)       

Long-term borrowings(2)

               1,089      (270)                     819   

 

(1)

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for short-term and long-term borrowings before the impact of related hedges. In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains of $225 million and $548 million are recorded within OCI in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and not included in this table for the current quarter and current year period, respectively. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

(2)

Gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for the prior year quarter and prior year period are attributable to DVA and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

 

  23 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   Trading
    Revenues    
       OCI       Trading
    Revenues    
      OCI      Trading
    Revenues    
      OCI      Trading
    Revenues    
      OCI    
   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $—         $    226     $182         $    —      $        41         $    545      $    307         $    —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

   —          (1)     —          —       —          3       —          —    

Loans and other debt(2)

   (14)         —      (6)         —       (114)         —       71          —    

Lending commitments(3)

   2          —      (1)         —       3          —       8          —    

 

(1)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, for the current quarter and current year period DVA gains (losses) are recorded in OCI when unrealized and in Trading revenues when realized. In the prior year quarter and prior year period, the realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in Trading revenues. The cumulative impact of changes in the Firm’s DVA and the pre-tax amount recognized in AOCI is a gain of $87 million at June 30, 2016. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

(2)

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.

(3)

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

 

Net Difference of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value

 

   At
June 30,
        2016        
   At
December 31,
        2015        
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Loans and other debt(1)

  $15,046    $14,095  

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(1)

   12,867     11,651  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(2)

   311     508  

____________

 

(1)

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt emanates from the distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.

(2)

Short-term and long-term borrowings do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.

Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

   At
June 30,
        2016        
   At
December 31,
    2015    
 

Business Unit Responsible

for Risk Management

  (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $19,696    $17,789   

Interest rates

   16,728     14,255   

Credit and foreign exchange

   1,570     2,266   

Commodities

   321     383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      38,315    $      34,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value of Loans in Nonaccrual Status

 

   At
June 30,
        2016        
   At
December 31,
        2015        
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Aggregate fair value of loans in nonaccrual status(1)

  $1,717    $1,853  

____________

 

(1)

Includes all loans 90 or more days past due in the amount of $514 million and $885 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

 

 

LOGO 24  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the previous tables.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

     Fair Value by Level       
  Carrying
Value at
June 30,
    2016(1)    
      Level 1          Level 2          Level 3      Total
Gains (Losses)
for the

Three Months Ended
June 30,

2016(2)
  Total
Gains (Losses)

for
Six Months Ended
June 30,

2016(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

      

Loans(3)

 $6,700     $        —    $4,276    $2,424    $(34)   $(131)  

Other assets—Other investments(4)

  82     —     —     82     (38)    (40)  

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software
costs(5)

  —     —     —     —     (22)    (27)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

 $6,782     $        —    $4,276    $2,506    $(94)   $(198)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses(3)

 $402     $        —    $331    $71    $13    $24   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 $        402     $        —    $        331    $        71    $13    $24   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value by Level       
  Carrying
Value at
June 30,
    2015(1)    
      Level 1          Level 2          Level 3      Total
Gains (Losses)
for the
Three Months Ended
June 30,

2015(2)
  Total
Gains (Losses)
for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,

2015(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

      

Loans(3)

 $3,244     $        —    $2,458    $786    $47    $  

Other assets—Other investments(4)

  —     —     —     —     —     (2)  

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software
costs(5)

  —     —     —     —     (2)    (22)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

 $3,244     $        —    $        2,458    $        786    $45    $(16)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses(3)

 $283     $        —    $244    $39    $(45)    (48)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 $283     $        —    $244    $39    $(45)    (48)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Carrying values relate only to those assets that had fair value adjustments during the current quarter and prior year quarter.

(2)

Changes in the fair value of Loans and losses related to Other assets—Other investments are recorded within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs are recorded within Other expenses if not held for sale and within Other revenues if held for sale. Changes in the fair value of lending commitments reported in Other liabilities and accrued expenses that are designated as held for sale are recorded within Other revenues, whereas, changes in the fair value related to held for investment lending commitments are recorded within Other expenses.

(3)

Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments held for investment were calculated using the value of the underlying collateral. Loans and lending commitments held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

(4)

Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

(5)

Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs were determined primarily using a default recovery analysis.

 

Included in the losses within the previous table for the current quarter and current year period, there was a loss of approximately $35 million (related to Other assets—Other investments) in connection with the sale of solar invest-

ments and impairments of the remaining unsold solar investments accounted for under the equity method. The fair value of these investments was determined based on the sales price.

 

 

  25 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

For a further discussion of financial instruments not measured at fair value, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. The carrying values of the remaining assets and liabilities not measured at fair value in the following tables approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The following tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers.

 

  At June 30, 2016   Fair Value by Level 
  Carrying
      Value      
       Fair Value           Level 1           Level 2           Level 3     
  (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

         

Cash and due from banks

 $27,597     $27,597     $    27,597     $—     $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  28,536      28,536      28,536      —      —   

Investment securities—HTM securities

  12,418      12,567      3,758      8,809      —   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  97,034      97,042      —      95,140      1,902   

Securities borrowed

  131,281      131,282      —      131,156      126   

Customer and other receivables(1)

  48,910      48,815      —      44,033      4,782   

Loans(2)

  93,165      94,151      —      25,289          68,862   

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  32,771      32,771      32,771      —      —   

Financial Liabilities:

         

Deposits

 $152,598     $152,788     $—     $  152,788     $—   

Short-term borrowings

  369      369      —      369      —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  49,629      49,692      —      48,033      1,659   

Securities loaned

  17,241      17,262      —      17,262      —   

Other secured financings

  6,980      6,991      —      5,596      1,395   

Customer and other payables(1)

  197,978      197,978      —      197,978      —   

Long-term borrowings

  125,688      127,189      —      127,189      —   

 

  At December 31, 2015   Fair Value by Level 
  Carrying
      Value      
       Fair Value           Level 1           Level 2           Level 3     
  (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

         

Cash and due from banks

 $19,827     $19,827     $19,827     $—     $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  34,256      34,256      34,256      —      —   

Investment securities—HTM securities

  5,224      5,188      998      4,190      —   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  86,851      86,837      —      86,186      651   

Securities borrowed

  142,416      142,414      —      142,266      148   

Customer and other receivables(1)

  41,676      41,576      —      36,752      4,824   

Loans(2)

  85,759      86,423      —      19,241          67,182   

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  31,469      31,469      31,469      —      —   

Financial Liabilities:

         

Deposits

 $  155,909     $  156,163     $        —     $  156,163     $        —   

Short-term borrowings

  525      525      —      525      —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  36,009      36,060      —      34,150      1,910   

Securities loaned

  19,358      19,382      —      19,192      190   

Other secured financings

  6,610      6,610      —      5,333      1,277   

Customer and other payables(1)

  183,895      183,895      —      183,895      —   

Long-term borrowings

  120,723      123,219      —      123,219      —   

 

HTM—Held to maturity

(1)

Accrued interest, fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

(2)

Amounts include all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

LOGO 26  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, notional amounts of approximately $93.8 billion and $99.5 billion, respectively, of the Firm’s lending commitments were held for investment and held for sale, which are not included in the previous table. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments was a liability of $1,841 million and $2,172

million, respectively, at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Had these commitments been accounted for at fair value, $1,610 million would have been categorized in Level 2 and $231 million in Level 3 at June 30, 2016, and $1,791 million would have been categorized in Level 2 and $381 million in Level 3 at December 31, 2015.

 

 

4.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

For a discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. 

Fair Value, Notional and Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities

 

  Derivative Assets at June 30, 2016 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $3,325    $3,798    $—    $7,123    $34,003    $58,245    $—    $92,248   

Foreign exchange contracts

  88     —     —     88     2,795     59     —     2,854   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  3,413     3,798     —     7,211     36,798     58,304     —     95,102   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

        

Interest rate contracts

  287,757     168,366     328     456,451     3,940,102     6,615,199     1,636,768     12,192,069   

Credit contracts

  13,734     2,727     —     16,461     434,478     133,037     —     567,515   

Foreign exchange contracts

  75,891     386     140     76,417     1,851,368     16,653     21,279     1,889,300   

Equity contracts

  22,043     —     20,486     42,529     341,039     —     259,453     600,492   

Commodity contracts

  11,785     —     3,724     15,509     72,700     —     83,156     155,856   

Other

  16     —     —     16     1,135     —     —     1,135   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  411,226     171,479     24,678     607,383     6,640,822     6,764,889     2,000,656     15,406,367   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross derivatives(2)

 $414,639    $175,277    $24,678    $614,594    $6,677,620    $6,823,193    $2,000,656    $15,501,469   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts offset:

        

Counterparty netting

  (321,553)    (173,222)    (21,214)    (515,989)      

Cash collateral netting

  (60,352)    (95)    —     (60,447)      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total derivative assets at fair value included in Trading assets

 $32,734    $1,960    $3,464    $38,158       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Amounts not offset(3):

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (12,011)    —     —     (12,011)      

Other cash collateral

  (23)    —     —     (23)      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Net exposure

 $20,700    $1,960    $3,464    $26,124       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

  27 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Derivative Liabilities at June 30, 2016 
  Fair Value  Notional
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total Bilateral
OTC
 Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $—    $   $   $   $   $32   $   $32  

Foreign exchange contracts

 $492    $23   $   $515   $8,348   $689   $   $9,037  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  492     23        515    8,348    721        9,069  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

        

Interest rate contracts

  265,270     172,084    412    437,766    3,654,941    6,558,339    760,822    10,974,102  

Credit contracts

  14,888     2,933        17,821    489,656    115,979        605,635  

Foreign exchange contracts

  77,614     414    82    78,110    1,837,572    15,817    10,511    1,863,900  

Equity contracts

  25,633         20,916    46,549    342,625        261,986    604,611  

Commodity contracts

  9,390         3,389    12,779    68,095        64,896    132,991  

Other

  102             102    4,817            4,817  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  392,897     175,431    24,799    593,127    6,397,706    6,690,135    1,098,215    14,186,056  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross derivatives(2)

 $  393,389    $  175,454   $24,799   $593,642   $ 6,406,054   $ 6,690,856   $ 1,098,215   $ 14,195,125  
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts offset:

        

Counterparty netting

  (321,553)    (173,222  (21,214  (515,989    

Cash collateral netting

  (38,378)    (1,952      (40,330    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total derivative liabilities at fair value included in Trading liabilities

 $33,458    $280   $    3,585   $    37,323      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amounts not offset(3):

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (11,509)        (514  (12,023    

Other cash collateral

  (10)    (41      (51    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Net exposure

 $21,939    $239   $3,071   $25,249      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    
  Derivative Assets at December 31, 2015 
  Fair Value  Notional
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total Bilateral
OTC
 Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $2,825   $1,442   $   $4,267   $36,999   $35,362   $   $72,361  

Foreign exchange contracts

  166    1        167    5,996    167        6,163  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  2,991    1,443        4,434    42,995    35,529        78,524  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(4):

        

Interest rate contracts

  220,289    101,276    212     321,777    4,348,002    5,748,525    1,218,645    11,315,172  

Credit contracts

  19,310    3,609        22,919    585,731    139,301        725,032  

Foreign exchange contracts

  64,438    295    55    64,788    1,907,290    13,402    7,715    1,928,407  

Equity contracts

  20,212        20,077    40,289    316,770        229,859    546,629  

Commodity contracts

  13,114        4,038    17,152    67,449        82,313    149,762  

Other

  219            219    5,684            5,684  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  337,582    105,180    24,382    467,144    7,230,926    5,901,228    1,538,532    14,670,686  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross derivatives(2)

 $  340,573   $  106,623   $  24,382   $471,578   $ 7,273,921   $ 5,936,757   $ 1,538,532   $ 14,749,210  
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts offset:

        

Counterparty netting

  (265,707  (104,294  (21,592  (391,593    

Cash collateral netting

  (50,335  (1,037      (51,372    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total derivative assets at fair value included in Trading assets

 $24,531   $1,292   $2,790   $28,613      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amounts not offset(3):

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (9,190          (9,190    

Other cash collateral

  (9          (9    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Net exposure

 $15,332   $1,292   $2,790   $19,414      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

LOGO 28  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Derivative Liabilities at December 31, 2015 
  Fair Value  Notional
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total Bilateral
OTC
 Cleared
OTC
 Exchange
Traded
 Total
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $20    $250   $   $270   $3,560   $9,869   $   $13,429  

Foreign exchange contracts

  56     6        62    4,604    455        5,059  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  76     256        332    8,164    10,324        18,488  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(4):

        

Interest rate contracts

  203,004     103,852    283    307,139    4,030,039    5,682,322    1,077,710    10,790,071  

Credit contracts

  19,942     3,723        23,665    562,027    131,388        693,415  

Foreign exchange contracts

  65,034     232    22    65,288    1,868,015    13,322    2,655    1,883,992  

Equity contracts

  25,708         20,424    46,132    332,734        229,266    562,000  

Commodity contracts

  10,864         3,887    14,751    59,169        62,974    122,143  

Other

  43             43    4,114            4,114  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  324,595     107,807    24,616    457,018    6,856,098    5,827,032    1,372,605    14,055,735  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross derivatives(2)

 $   324,671    $   108,063   $   24,616   $   457,350   $6,864,262   $5,837,356   $1,372,605   $14,074,223  
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts offset:

        

Counterparty netting

  (265,707)    (104,294  (21,592  (391,593    

Cash collateral netting

  (33,332)    (2,951      (36,283    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total derivative liabilities at fair value included in Trading liabilities

 $25,632    $818   $3,024   $29,474      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amounts not offset(3):

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (5,384)        (405  (5,789    

Other cash collateral

  (5)            (5    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Net exposure

 $20,243    $818   $2,619   $23,680      
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

OTC—Over-the-counter

(1)

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $1,300.0 billion and $372.8 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from this table) of $1,631 million and $153 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

(2)

Amounts include transactions which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Firm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable as follows: $4.8 billion of derivative assets and $6.3 billion of derivative liabilities at June 30, 2016, and $4.2 billion of derivative assets and $5.2 billion of derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015.

(3)

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

(4)

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $1,009.5 billion and $653.0 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from this table) of $1,145 million and $437 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6.

Gains (Losses) on Fair Value Hedges

 

  Gains (Losses) Recognized in Interest Expense 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 

Product Type

 2016  2015  2016  2015 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives

 $     969    $(1,899)   $     3,119    $(1,141)  

Borrowings

  (993)         1,861     (3,282)         1,018   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $(24)   $(38)   $(163)   $(123)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges

 

  Gains (Losses) Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 

Product Type

 2016  2015  2016  2015 
  (dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

 $    (112)   $      (81)   $    (336)   $       181  

___________

 

(1)

Losses of $19 million and $39 million related to the forward points on the hedging instruments were excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and recognized in Interest income during the current quarter and current year period, respectively. Losses of $36 million and $80 million related to the forward points on the hedging instruments were excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and recognized in Interest income during the prior year quarter and prior year period, respectively.

 

 

  29 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Gains (Losses) on Trading Instruments

The following table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income from trading activities. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with their market-making and related risk management strategies. Accordingly, the trading revenues presented in the following table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

 

   Gains (Losses) Recognized in Trading Revenues
   Three Months Ended
June 30,
 Six Months Ended
June 30,

Product Type

        2016             2015             2016             2015      
   (dollars in millions)

Interest rate contracts

  $320   $355   $626   $925  

Foreign exchange contracts

   362    170    599    515  

Equity security and index contracts(1)

   1,615    1,746    2,945    3,341  

Commodity and other contracts(2)

   20    140    (124  816  

Credit contracts

   429    380    765    719  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $2,746   $2,791   $4,811   $6,316  

Debt valuation adjustments(3)

       182        307  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total trading revenue

  $      2,746   $      2,973   $      4,811   $      6,623  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

(2)

Other contracts represent contracts not reported as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity security and index or credit contracts.

(3)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) in the current quarter and current year period are recorded within OCI in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. In the prior year quarter and prior year period, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets

 

   Fair Value at June 30, 2016(1)
   

 

Contractual Years to Maturity

 Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
   Net Exposure
Post-cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
collateral(4)

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1 1 - 3 3 - 5 Over 5    
   (dollars in millions)

AAA

  $137   $396   $1,312   $4,360   $(4,953)    $1,252   $1,175  

AA

   3,156    1,502    1,814    12,226    (12,717)     5,981    3,771  

A

   11,078    7,607    5,336    28,058    (38,694)     13,385    7,784  

BBB

   5,794    4,489    2,622    15,861    (19,993)     8,773    6,808  

Non-investment grade

   3,923    2,505    996    5,370    (7,514)     5,280    3,122  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $    24,088   $    16,499   $    12,080   $    65,875   $(83,871)    $    34,671   $    22,660  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO 30  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Fair Value at December 31, 2015(1) 
  

 

Contractual Years to Maturity

   Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure 
Post-cash
Collateral
    Net Exposure 
Post-
collateral(4)
 

Credit Rating(2)

 Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5       
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $203     $453     $827     $3,665     $(4,319)    $829     $715   

AA

  2,689      2,000      1,876      9,223      (10,981)     4,807      2,361   

A

  9,748      8,191      4,774      20,918      (34,916)     8,715      5,448   

BBB

  3,614      4,863      1,948      11,801      (15,086)     7,140      4,934   

Non-investment grade

  3,982      2,333      1,157      3,567      (6,716)     4,323      3,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $    20,236     $    17,840     $    10,582     $    49,174     $    (72,018)    $    25,814     $    16,624   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values shown represent the Firm’s net exposure to counterparties related to its OTC derivative products.

(2)

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.

(3)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

(4)

Fair value is shown, net of collateral received (primarily cash and U.S. government and agency securities).

 

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

The following table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  (dollars in millions) 

Net derivative liabilities

 $                    28,999  

Collateral posted

  24,217  

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and

termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

 

  At June 30, 2016(1) 
  (dollars in millions) 

One-notch downgrade

 $                      1,075  

Two-notch downgrade

  1,233  

__________________

 

(1)

Amounts include $1,481 million related to bilateral arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers and insurance and other financial institutions.

 

 

  31 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

Notional and Fair Value of Protection Sold and Protection Purchased through Credit Default Swaps

 

   At June 30, 2016
   Protection Sold Protection Purchased
         Notional        Fair Value
    (Asset)/Liability    
       Notional       Fair Value
    (Asset)/Liability    
   (dollars in millions)

Single name credit default swaps

  $347,624     $463   $338,727   $(453

Index and basket credit default swaps

   176,009      726    143,734    (771

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   43,657      (793  123,399    2,188  
  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $    567,290     $        396   $    605,860   $        964  
  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2015
   Protection Sold Protection Purchased
         Notional       Fair Value
    (Asset)/Liability    
       Notional       Fair Value
    (Asset)/Liability    
   (dollars in millions)

Single name credit default swaps

  $420,806   $1,980   $405,361   $(2,079

Index and basket credit default swaps

   199,688    (102  173,936    (82

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   69,025    (1,093  149,631    2,122  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $    689,519   $        785   $    728,928   $            (39
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Ratings of Reference Obligation and Maturities of Credit Protection Sold

 

   At June 30, 2016
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair Value  
  (Asset)/  
  Liability(1)  
   Years to Maturity 
     Less than 1       1-3         3-5         Over 5         Total     
   (dollars in millions)

Single name credit default swaps(2):

       

Investment grade

  $92,734   $94,348   $48,928   $11,097   $247,107   $(1,079

Non-investment grade

   42,370    38,348    18,381    1,418    100,517    1,542  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $135,104   $132,696   $67,309   $12,515   $347,624   $463  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(2):

       

Investment grade

  $24,110   $39,948   $42,887   $4,060   $111,005   $(1,222

Non-investment grade

   51,914    28,315    13,761    14,671    108,661    1,155  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $76,024   $68,263   $56,648   $18,731   $219,666   $(67
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $211,128   $200,959   $123,957   $31,246   $567,290   $396  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other credit contracts

   43    25        276    344    (17
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $    211,171   $    200,984   $    123,957   $    31,522   $    567,634   $        379  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO 32  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2015 
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)
 
  Years to Maturity  
  Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps(2):

      

Investment grade

 $84,543    $138,467    $63,754    $12,906    $299,670    $(1,831)  

Non-investment grade

  38,054     56,261     24,432     2,389     121,136     3,811   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $122,597    $194,728    $88,186    $15,295    $420,806    $1,980   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(2):

      

Investment grade

 $33,507    $59,403    $45,505    $5,327    $143,742    $(1,977)  

Non-investment grade

  52,590     43,899     15,480     13,002     124,971     782   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $86,097    $103,302    $60,985    $18,329    $268,713    $(1,195)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

 $208,694    $298,030    $149,171    $33,624    $689,519    $785   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other credit contracts

  19     107         332     460     (24)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $208,713    $298,137    $149,173    $33,956    $689,979    $761   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

(2)

In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the CDS, a breakdown of CDS based on the Firm’s internal credit ratings by investment grade and non-investment grade is provided. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk, and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor. Internal ratings procedures, methodologies, and models are all independently and formally governed, and models and methodologies are reviewed by a separate model risk management oversight function.

 

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations

For single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Firm has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $480.1 billion and $577.7 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately

$521.9 billion and $619.5 billion (included in the previous tables) at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

For further information on credit derivatives and other credit contracts, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

  33 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

5.

Investment Securities

The following tables present information about the Firm’s AFS securities, which are carried at fair value, and HTM securities, which are carried at amortized cost. The net unrealized gains or losses on AFS securities are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of AOCI.

AFS and HTM Securities

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $29,923    $213    $   $30,128   

U.S. agency securities(1)

  23,221     208     22     23,407   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  53,144     421     30     53,535   

Corporate and other debt:

    

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

    

Agency

  2,139         31     2,113   

Non-agency

  2,159     36     10     2,185   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  2,071         —     2,078   

Corporate bonds

  4,009     66         4,073   

Collateralized loan obligations

  502     —         495   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

  3,345     —     105     3,240   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  14,225     114     155     14,184   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  67,369     535     185     67,719   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  15     —           
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  67,384     535     193     67,726   

HTM securities:

    

U.S. government securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  3,705     53     —     3,758   

U.S. agency securities(1)

  8,713     96     —     8,809   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  12,418     149     —     12,567   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $        79,802    $        684    $        193    $        80,293   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 34  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2015 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $        31,555    $              5    $          143    $      31,417   

U.S. agency securities(1)

  21,103     29     156     20,976   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  52,658     34     299     52,393   

Corporate and other debt:

    

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

    

Agency

  1,906         60     1,847   

Non-agency

  2,220         25     2,198   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  2,556     —         2,547   

Corporate bonds

  3,780         30     3,755   

Collateralized loan obligations

  502     —         495   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

  3,632     —     115     3,517   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  14,596         246     14,359   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  67,254     43     545     66,752   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  15     —           
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  67,269     43     553     66,759   

HTM securities:

    

U.S. government securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  1,001     —         998   

U.S. agency securities(1)

  4,223         34     4,190   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  5,224         37     5,188   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $72,493    $44    $590    $71,947   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

(2)

FFELP—Federal Family Education Loan Program. Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

  35 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or Longer  Total 
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

 $    3,028    $          8    $        —    $        —    $      3,028    $          8   

U.S. agency securities

  5,731     10     1,225     12     6,956     22   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  8,759     18     1,225     12     9,984     30   

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency

  31     —     1,181     31     1,212     31   

Non-agency

  216     —     625     10     841     10   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  83     —     204     —     287     —   

Corporate bonds

  172         175         347       

Collateralized loan obligations

  —     —     494         494       

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

  583     12     2,637     93     3,220     105   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  1,085     13     5,316     142     6,401     155   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  9,844     31     6,541     154     16,385     185   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

          —     —           
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  9,851     39     6,541     154     16,392     193   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

HTM securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. agency securities

  72     —     —     —     72     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  72     —     —     —     72     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $9,923    $39    $6,541    $154    $16,464    $193   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 36  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2015 
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or Longer  Total 
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

 $    25,994    $        126    $    2,177    $        17    $   28,171    $        143   

U.S. agency securities

  14,242     135     639     21     14,881     156   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  40,236     261     2,816     38     43,052     299   

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency

  1,185     44     422     16     1,607     60   

Non-agency

  1,479     21     305         1,784     25   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  1,644         881         2,525       

Corporate bonds

  2,149     19     525     11     2,674     30   

Collateralized loan obligations

  352         143         495       

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

  2,558     79     929     36     3,487     115   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  9,367     175     3,205     71     12,572     246   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  49,603     436     6,021     109     55,624     545   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

          —     —           
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  49,610     444     6,021     109     55,631     553   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

HTM securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  898         —     —     898       

U.S. agency securities

  3,677     34     —     —     3,677     34   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  4,575     37     —     —     4,575     37   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $54,185    $481    $6,021    $109    $60,206    $590   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K, AFS and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Firm’s ongoing assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporarily impaired at the individual security level.

The Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily-impaired at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 for the reasons discussed herein.

For AFS debt securities, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of amortized cost basis. For AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased. Additionally, the Firm does not expect to experience a credit loss based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2

to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of an explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The risk of credit loss on securities in an unrealized loss position is considered minimal because all of the Firm’s agency securities as well as asset-backed securities (“ABS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) are highly rated and because corporate bonds are all investment grade.

For AFS equity securities, the Firm has the intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

See Note 12 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan ABS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

 

 

  37 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Amortized Cost, Fair Value and Annualized Average Yield of Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity Dates

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Amortized Cost  Fair Value  Annualized
 Average Yield 
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

   

U.S. government and agency securities:

   

U.S. Treasury securities:

   

Due within 1 year

 $            2,698    $            2,702     0.7%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  22,137     22,317     1.0%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  5,088     5,109     1.4%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  29,923     30,128    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

U.S. agency securities:

   

Due within 1 year

  200     200     0.7%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  2,629     2,632     0.5%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  1,327     1,357     1.9%  

After 10 years

  19,065     19,218     1.6%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  23,221     23,407    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  53,144     53,535     1.2%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Corporate and other debt:

   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

   

Agency:

   

Due within 1 year

  73     74     0.8%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  404     406     1.0%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  639     641     1.3%  

After 10 years

  1,023     992     1.6%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  2,139     2,113    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Non-agency:

   

After 10 years

  2,159     2,185     1.9%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  2,159     2,185    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

   

Due within 1 year

          0.9%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  1,902     1,909     1.3%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  165     165     1.6%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  2,071     2,078    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Corporate bonds:

   

Due within 1 year

  638     640     1.3%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  2,655     2,695     1.8%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  716     738     2.6%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  4,009     4,073    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Collateralized loan obligations:

   

After 5 years through 10 years

  502     495     1.5%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  502     495    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

LOGO 38  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Amortized Cost  Fair Value  Annualized
Average Yield
 
  (dollars in millions) 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

   

After 1 year through 5 years

  59     59     0.6%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  922     897     0.9%  

After 10 years

  2,364     2,284     0.9%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  3,345     3,240    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total corporate and other debt

  14,225     14,184     1.5%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total AFS debt securities

  67,369     67,719     1.3%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

AFS equity securities

  15         — %  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total AFS securities

  67,384     67,726     1.3%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

HTM securities:

   

U.S. government securities:

   

U.S. Treasury securities:

   

Due within 1 year

  200     201     0.7%  

After 1 year through 5 years

  1,408     1,422     1.1%  

After 5 years through 10 years

  1,693     1,719     1.7%  

After 10 years

  404     416     2.5%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  3,705     3,758    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

U.S. agency securities:

   

After 10 years

  8,713     8,809     2.0%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total

  8,713     8,809    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total HTM securities

  12,418     12,567     1.8%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total Investment securities

 $            79,802    $        80,293     1.4%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gross realized gains

  $71     $40     $85     $69   

Gross realized (losses)

   (1)     (10)     (3)     (14)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $                70     $                30     $                82     $                55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

  39 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

6.

Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions. For further discussion of the Firm’s collateralized transactions, see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Gross
Amounts(1)
  Amounts
Offset
  Net Amounts
Presented
  Amounts Not
Offset(2)
  Net Exposure 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $      162,813    $      (65,224)   $97,589    $      (91,746)   $      5,843   

Securities borrowed

  138,436     (7,155)          131,281     (124,773)    6,508   

Liabilities

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $115,552    $      (65,224)   $50,328    $(42,541)   $7,787   

Securities loaned

  24,396     (7,155)    17,241     (16,724)    517   
  At December 31, 2015 
  Gross
Amounts(1)
  Amounts
Offset
  Net Amounts
Presented
  Amounts Not
Offset(2)
  Net Exposure 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $      135,714    $(48,057)   $87,657    $(84,752)   $2,905   

Securities borrowed

  147,445     (5,029)    142,416     (134,250)    8,166   

Liabilities

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $84,749    $(48,057)   $36,692    $(31,604)   $5,088   

Securities loaned

  24,387     (5,029)    19,358     (18,881)    477   

 

(1)

Amounts include transactions which are either not subject to master netting agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Firm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable as follows: $5.5 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $3.7 billion of Securities borrowed, $7.2 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.4 billion of Securities loaned at June 30, 2016, and $2.6 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $3.0 billion of Securities borrowed and $4.9 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2015.

(2)

Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

 

LOGO 40  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Secured Financing Transactions—Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

 

  At June 30, 2016
  Overnight
and Open
 Less than
30 Days
 30-90 Days Over
90 Days
 Total
  (dollars in millions)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

 $      38,732   $      30,586   $      20,309   $      25,925   $      115,552  

Securities loaned(1)

  13,085    50    1,336    9,925    24,396  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

 $51,817   $30,636   $21,645   $35,850   $139,948  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  18,738                18,738  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 $70,555   $30,636   $21,645   $35,850   $158,686  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  At December 31, 2015
  Overnight
and Open
 Less than
30 Days
 30-90 Days Over
90 Days
 Total
  (dollars in millions)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

 $20,410   $25,245   $13,221   $25,873   $84,749  

Securities loaned(1)

  12,247    478    2,156    9,506    24,387  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

 $32,657   $25,723   $15,377   $35,379   $109,136  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  19,316                19,316  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 $51,973   $25,723   $15,377   $35,379   $128,452  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts are presented on a gross basis, prior to netting in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

  41 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

 

  At
June 30, 2016
 At
December 31, 2015
  (dollars in millions)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

  

U.S. government and agency securities

 $39,920   $36,609  

State and municipal securities

  2,104    173  

Other sovereign government obligations

  42,329    24,820  

Asset-backed securities

  745    441  

Corporate and other debt

  8,638    4,020  

Corporate equities

  21,515    18,473  

Other

  301    213  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $            115,552   $            84,749  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned(1)

  

U.S. government and agency securities

 $182   $  

Other sovereign government obligations

  7,454    7,336  

Corporate and other debt

  123    71  

Corporate equities

  16,602    16,972  

Other

  35    8  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities loaned

 $24,396   $24,387  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

 $139,948   $109,136  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  

Corporate and other debt

      3  

Corporate equities

  18,737    19,313  

Other

  1      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total obligation to return securities received as collateral

 $18,738   $19,316  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 $158,686   $128,452  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts are presented on a gross basis, prior to netting in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Trading Assets Pledged

The Firm pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the carrying value of Trading assets that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties, where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral, were $41.1 billion and $35.0 billion, respectively.

Collateral Received

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short

positions. The Firm additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which it is the lender. In instances where the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, it reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral included in Trading assets and Trading liabilities, respectively, in its consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $528.0 billion and $522.6 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $407.0 billion and $398.1 billion, respectively.

Other

The Firm also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral,

 

 

LOGO 42  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015,

the amounts related to margin lending were approximately $23.2 billion and $25.3 billion, respectively.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s margin lending activities, see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

The Firm has additional secured liabilities. For further discussion of other secured financings, see Note 10.

 

 

Cash and Securities Deposited with Clearing Organizations or Segregated

 

  At
June 30, 2016
   At
  December 31, 2015  
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Securities(1)

 $             23,710     $         14,390   

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  32,771      31,469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $56,481     $45,859   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

7.

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. For a further description of these loans, refer to Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value.

Loans Held for Investment and Held for Sale

 

  At June 30, 2016  At December 31, 2015 

Loans by Product Type

 Loans Held
for
 Investment 
  Loans Held
for Sale
  

Total
  Loans(1)(2)  

  Loans Held
for
 Investment 
  Loans Held
for Sale
  Total
Loans(1)(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

 $ 24,186    $ 14,448    $ 38,634    $ 23,554    $ 11,924    $ 35,478   

Consumer loans

  23,337     —     23,337     21,528     —     21,528   

Residential real estate loans

  22,668     84     22,752     20,863     104     20,967   

Wholesale real estate loans

  7,415     1,350     8,765     6,839     1,172     8,011   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

  77,606     15,882     93,488     72,784     13,200     85,984   

Allowance for loan losses

  (323)    —     (323)    (225)    —     (225)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 $77,283    $15,882    $93,165    $72,559    $13,200    $85,759   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include loans that are made to non-U.S. borrowers of $8,104 million and $9,789 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

(2)

Loans at fixed interest rates and floating or adjustable interest rates were $10,102 million and $83,063 million, respectively, at June 30, 2016 and $8,471 million and $77,288 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

 

  43 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Credit Quality

For a further discussion about the Firm’s evaluation of credit transactions and monitoring and credit quality indicators, see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Credit Quality Indicators for Loans Held for Investment, Gross of Allowance for Loan Losses, by Product Type

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Corporate  Consumer  Residential
  Real Estate  
  Wholesale
  Real Estate  
  Total 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Pass

 $   22,183    $23,337    $22,627    $7,191    $  75,338   

Special mention

  539     —     —     224     763   

Substandard

  1,308     —     41     —     1,349   

Doubtful

  156     —     —     —     156   

Loss

  —     —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans

 $24,186    $   23,337    $   22,668    $    7,415    $77,606   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  At December 31, 2015 
   Corporate   Consumer  Residential
  Real Estate  
  Wholesale
  Real Estate  
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Pass

 $   22,040    $   21,528    $   20,828    $    6,839    $  71,235   

Special mention

  300     —     —     —     300   

Substandard

  1,202     —     35     —     1,237   

Doubtful

  12     —     —     —     12   

Loss

  —     —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans

 $23,554    $21,528    $20,863    $6,839    $72,784   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses and Impaired Loans

For factors considered by the Firm in determining the allowance for loan losses and impairments, see Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Loans by Product Type

 

  At June 30, 2016  At December 31, 2015 
  Corporate  Residential
  Real Estate  
  Total  Corporate  Residential
  Real Estate  
  Total   
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Impaired loans with allowance

 $        244    $        —    $        244    $          39    $          —    $          39   

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

  338     30     368     89     17     106   

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance(2)

  593     32     625     130     19     149   

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

      20     21         21     22   

 

(1)

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

(2)

The impaired loans unpaid principal balance differs from the aggregate amount of impaired loan balances with and without allowance due to various factors, including charge-offs and net deferred loan fees or costs.

 

LOGO 44  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Loans by Region

 

  At June 30, 2016  At December 31, 2015 
  Americas    EMEA    Asia-
  Pacific  
  Total    Americas      EMEA    Asia-
  Pacific  
  Total 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Impaired loans

 $      589   $    23   $    —   $    612   $    108   $    12   $    25   $    145  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

  21            21    22            22  

Allowance for loan losses

  277    43    3    323    183    34    8    225  

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

Allowance for Credit Losses on Lending Activities

 

  Corporate  Consumer  Residential
  Real Estate  
  Wholesale
  Real Estate  
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for Loan Losses

     

 Balance at December 31, 2015

 $166    $   $17    $37    $225   

 Gross charge-offs

  —     —     —     —     —   

 Gross recoveries

  —     —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

  —     —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Provision for (release of) loan losses(1)

  116     (1)        12     128   

 Other(2)

  (30)    —     —     —     (30)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Balance at June 30, 2016

 $252    $   $18    $49    $323   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses by Impairment Methodology

     

 Inherent

 $147    $   $18    $49    $218   

 Specific

  105     —     —     —     105   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Total allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2016

 $252    $   $18    $49    $323   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(3)

     

 Inherent

 $23,604    $23,337    $22,638    $7,415    $76,994   

 Specific

  582     —     30     —     612   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Total loans evaluated at June 30, 2016

 $24,186    $23,337    $ 22,668    $  7,415    $77,606   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments

     

 Balance at December 31, 2015

 $180    $   $—    $   $185   

 Provision for lending commitments(4)

      —     —           

 Other

  —     (1)    —     —     (1)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Balance at June 30, 2016

 $181    $—    $—    $   $187   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology

  

    

 Inherent

 $173    $—    $—    $   $179   

 Specific

      —     —     —       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Total allowance for lending commitments at June 30, 2016

 $181    $—    $—    $   $187   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lending Commitments Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(3)

  

    

 Inherent

 $63,120    $5,264    $327    $496    $69,207   

 Specific

  64     —     —     —     64   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Total lending commitments evaluated at June 30, 2016

 $    63,184    $    5,264    $    327    $    496    $    69,271   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  45 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
  Real Estate  
   Wholesale
  Real Estate  
   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for Loan Losses

         

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $118     $    $    $21     $149   

Gross charge-offs

  —      —      (1)     —      (1)  

Gross recoveries

       —      —      —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

       —      (1)     —      —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses(1)

  26      —                30   

Other(2)

  (10)     —      —      —      (10)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

 $135     $    $    $23     $169   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses by Impairment Methodology

         

Inherent

 $130     $    $    $23     $164   

Specific

       —      —      —        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2015

 $135     $    $    $23     $169   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(3)

         

Inherent

 $22,479     $19,464     $18,214     $6,388     $66,545   

Specific

  21      —      27      —      48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at June 30, 2015

 $22,500     $19,464     $18,241     $6,388     $66,593   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments

         

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $147     $—     $—     $    $149   

Provision for lending commitments(4)

       —      —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

 $153     $—     $—     $    $157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology

  

        

Inherent

 $153     $—     $—     $    $157   

Specific

  —      —      —      —      —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending commitments at June 30, 2015

 $153     $—     $—     $    $157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending Commitments Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(3)

  

        

Inherent

 $65,183     $4,235     $289     $623     $70,330   

Specific

  —      —      —      —      —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending commitments evaluated at June 30, 2015

 $    65,183     $    4,235     $    289     $    623     $    70,330   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Firm recorded provisions of $16 million and $4 million for loan losses for the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

(2)

Amount includes the impact related to the transfer to loans held for sale and foreign currency translation adjustments.

(3)

Loan balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses, and lending commitments are gross of the allowance for lending commitments.

(4)

The Firm recorded a release of $13 million and $29 million for commitments for the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the impaired loans and lending commitments within held for investment include TDRs of $137.2 million and $44.0 million related to loans and $18.7 million and $34.8 million related to lending commitments, respectively, within corporate loans. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm recorded an allowance of $12.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively, against these TDRs. These restructurings

typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants, and payment extensions.

Employee Loans

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the

 

 

LOGO 46  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

consolidated balance sheets. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 1 to 12 years. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At June 30, 2016, the Firm had $4,877 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $100 million. At December 31, 2015, the Firm had $4,923 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $108 million.

 

8.

Equity Method Investments

Overview

The Firm has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K) of $3,235 million and $3,144 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, included in Other assets—Other investments in the consolidated balance sheets. Income (loss) from equity method investments was $(14) million and $45 million for the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively and $1 million and $83 million for the current year period and prior year period, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, a loss of $35 million was recognized in the current quarter in connection with the sale of solar investments and impairments of the remaining unsold solar investments accounted for under the equity method.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

Included in the equity method investments is the Firm’s 40% voting interest (“40% interest”) in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest. The Firm accounts for its equity

method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment. During the current quarter and prior year quarter, the Firm recorded income from its 40% interest in MUMSS of $23 million and $71 million, respectively, and income of $57 million and $140 million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

In June 2015, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $291 million, of which the Firm received approximately $116 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

 

9.

Deposits

Deposits

 

    At June 30,  
        2016(1)         
  At December 31,
        2015(1)        
 
     (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits

 $     151,014    $     153,346   

Time deposits(2)

   1,679      2,688   
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total(3)

 $       152,693    $       156,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

____

 

(1)

Total deposits subject to the FDIC insurance at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $110 billion and $113 billion, respectively. Of the total time deposits subject to the FDIC insurance at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, $20 million and $14 million, respectively, met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit.

(2)

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

(3)

Deposits were primarily held in the U.S.

Interest bearing deposits at June 30, 2016 included $151,008 million of savings deposits payable upon demand and $1,043 million of time deposits maturing in 2016, $578 million of time deposits maturing in 2017 and $11 million of time deposits maturing in 2018.

 

 

10.

Long-Term Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

 

Long-Term Borrowings

Components of Long-term Borrowings

 

  At
  June 30, 2016  
   At
  December 31, 2015  
 
     (dollars in millions) 

Senior debt

 $     149,519     $      140,494   

Subordinated debt

   11,120        10,404   

Junior subordinated debentures

   2,853        2,870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $       163,492     $        153,768   
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

During the current year period and prior year period, the Firm issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $20.6 billion and $22.9 billion, respectively, and approximately $15.9 billion and $13.0 billion, respectively, in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired.

The weighted average maturity of long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.3 years and 6.1 years at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

 

  47 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 12 for further information on Other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Components of Other Secured Financings

 

   At
  June 30,  
2016
   At
 December 31, 
2015
 
       (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $      8,159     $      7,629   

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less

     1,444        1,435   

Failed sales(1)

     298        400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $        9,901     $        9,464   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

_________

 

(1)

For more information on failed sales, see Note 12.

 

 

11.

Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

The Firm’s commitments are summarized in the following table by years to maturity. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Commitments

 

  Years to Maturity at June 30, 2016    
  Less

 

than 1

  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

 $125    $—    $   $42    $168   

Investment activities

  598     93     16     290     997   

Corporate lending commitments(1)

  15,625     24,405     47,248     1,501     88,779   

Consumer lending commitments

  5,255         —         5,264   

Residential real estate lending commitments

  52     43     87     236     418   

Wholesale real estate lending commitments

  127     266     137     69     599   

Forward-starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(2)

  69,990     —     —     —     69,990   

Underwriting commitments

  25     —     —     —     25   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $    91,797    $    24,812    $    47,489    $    2,142    $        166,240   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties of $3.9 billion.

(2)

The Firm enters into forward-starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements that primarily settle within three business days of the trade date, and of the total amount at June 30, 2016, $59.7 billion settled within three business days.

 

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

The Firm sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm’s employees, including its

senior officers as well as the Firm’s Board of Directors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Firm forms primarily for client investment, except that the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

 

LOGO 48  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Guarantees

Obligations Under Guarantee Arrangements at June 30, 2016

 

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
  

 

Years to Maturity

      
  

 

Less than 1

  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total   
  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $211,128    $  200,959    $  123,957    $31,246    $567,290    $396    $—   

Other credit contracts

  43     25     —     276     344     (17)    —   

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

    1,087,106     638,791     290,370       540,112       2,556,379         81,420     —   

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

  803     1,091     1,250     5,888     9,032     (123)        6,831   

Market value guarantees

  63     250     96     15     424           

Liquidity facilities

  3,001     —     —     —     3,001     (5)    5,406   

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —     —         23,396     23,398         —   

Securitization representations and warranties

  —     —     —     62,180     62,180     103     —   

General partner guarantees

  35     39     53     308     435     85     —   

 

(1)

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

(2)

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties totaling $0.7 billion due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

 

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

For more information on the nature of the obligation and related business activity for market value guarantees, liquidity facilities, whole loan sale guarantees and general partner guarantees related to certain investment management funds, as well as the other products in the previous table, please see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to trust preferred securities, indemnities and exchange/

clearinghouse member guarantees are described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Trust Preferred Securities

The Firm has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending such proceeds to the Firm in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts are SPEs, and only the Parent provides a guarantee for the trust preferred securities. The Firm has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders in accordance with the terms thereof. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K for details on the Firm’s junior subordinated debentures. Additionally, see Note 20 for further information about subsequent events.

 

 

  49 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

Contingencies

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages,

restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On January 25, 2011, the Firm was named as a defendant in The Bank of New York Mellon Trust, National Association v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital, Inc., a litigation pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The suit, brought by the trustee of a series of commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, alleges that the Firm breached certain representations and warranties with respect to an $81 million commercial mortgage loan that was originated and transferred to the trust by the Firm. The complaint seeks, among other things, to have the Firm repurchase the loan and pay additional monetary damages. On June 16, 2014, the court granted the Firm’s supplemental motion for summary judgment, which was appealed by plaintiff. On April 27, 2016, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second

 

 

LOGO 50  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Circuit vacated the judgment of the SDNY and remanded the case to the SDNY for further proceedings consistent with its opinion. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $81 million, plus pre-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL against the Firm. The matter is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Firm styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Firm styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order dated September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On July 13, 2015, the plaintiff perfected its appeal from the court’s September 30, 2014 decision. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $170 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Firm styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Firm to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain

 

 

  51 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff currently at issue in this action was approximately $644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015. At June 25, 2016, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $258 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $84 million. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $258 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Firm, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Firm may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and Greenpoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm. The matter is styled Wilmington Trust Company v. Morgan

Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and interest. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $152 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus attorney’s fees, costs and interest, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I 2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the SDNY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an

 

 

LOGO 52  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On October 20, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available

information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

 

12.

Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

 

Overview

The Firm is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPE”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs. The Firm’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through credit-linked notes, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, partnership investments and certain investment management funds. The Firm’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Firm-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Firm-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), and derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily

interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Firm has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs).

For a further discussion on the Firm’s VIEs, the determination and structure of VIEs and securitization activities, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

As a result of adopting the accounting update, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, on January 1, 2016, certain consolidated entities are now considered VIEs and are included in the balances at June 30, 2016. See Note 2 for further information.

 

 

Consolidated VIEs

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

 

                                                                                                        
   At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
         VIE Assets             VIE Liabilities             VIE Assets             VIE Liabilities     
   (dollars in millions) 

Credit-linked notes

  $901     $—     $900     $—   

Other structured financings

   924      240      787      13   

Asset-backed securitizations(1)

   319      191      668      423   

Other(2)

   931      29      245      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,075     $460     $2,600     $436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities of and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs, because the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

(2)

Other primarily includes certain operating entities, investment funds and structured transactions.

 

  53 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

 

                                                    
           At June 30,        

 

2016

       At December 31,    

 

2015

 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

  $62     $14   

Trading assets, at fair value

   1,973      1,842   

Customer and other receivables

          

Goodwill

   18      —   

Intangible assets

   141      —   

Other assets

   878      741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $3,075     $2,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings, at fair value

  $430     $431   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   30        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $460     $436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

As part of the Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 11).

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts

absorbed by third-party variable interest holders. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements related to consolidated VIEs were $257 million and $37 million, respectively. The Firm also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $76 million and $72 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, primarily related to certain derivatives, commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables include all VIEs in which the Firm has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. Most of the VIEs included in the following tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5), and certain investments in funds.

 

 

LOGO 54  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Non-Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities, Maximum and Carrying Value of Exposure to Loss

 

                                                                                          
  At June 30, 2016 
  

 

Mortgage- and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations

  

 

Collateralized
Debt
Obligations

  Municipal
Tender
Option Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)

 $    115,088    $      6,825    $      4,999    $      4,081    $      39,281   

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests

 $12,670    $955    $31    $1,712    $4,706   

Derivative and other contracts

  —     —     3,001     —     73   

Commitments, guarantees and other

  612     350     —     363     300   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $13,282    $1,305    $3,032    $2,075    $5,079   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests

 $12,670    $955    $   $1,324    $4,706   

Derivative and other contracts

  —     —         —     27   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $12,670    $955    $   $1,324    $4,733   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $—    $—    $—    $—    $31   

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     —     —         10   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $—    $—    $—    $   $41   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

                                                                                          
  At December 31, 2015 
  

 

Mortgage- and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations

  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)

 $    126,872    $      8,805    $      4,654    $      2,201    $      20,775   

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests

 $13,361    $1,259    $   $1,129    $3,854   

Derivative and other contracts

  —     —     2,834     —     67   

Commitments, guarantees and other

  494     231     —     361     222   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $13,855    $1,490    $2,835    $1,490    $4,143   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests

 $13,361    $1,259    $   $685    $3,854   

Derivative and other contracts

  —     —         —     13   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $13,361    $1,259    $   $685    $3,867   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $—    $—    $—    $—    $15   

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     —     —         —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $—    $—    $—    $   $15   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  55 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Non-Consolidated VIE Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

 

                                                                        
   At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
   

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

   Debt and
Equity
Interests
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Debt and
Equity
Interests
 
        
   (dollars in millions) 

Residential mortgages

  $3,708     $410     $13,787     $1,012   

Commercial mortgages

   55,158      2,576      57,313      2,871   

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   20,853      3,766      13,236      2,763   

Other consumer or commercial loans

   35,369      5,918      42,536      6,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage- and asset-backed securitization assets

  $    115,088     $    12,670     $    126,872     $    13,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Firm. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Firm.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests. In addition, the Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Firm owned additional VIE assets mainly issued by securi-

tization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional assets totaled $12.7 billion and $12.9 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These assets were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Firm, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held as AFS securities in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) or held as investments in funds. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, these assets consisted of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans or other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans, CDOs or CLOs, and investment funds. The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Firm, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These assets generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

 

 

LOGO 56  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement

Transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment are shown herein.

 

                                                                        
  At June 30, 2016 
  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  

 

U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations

  Credit-
Linked Notes
and

Other(1)
 
    
  (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

 $    21,239    $    51,025    $    11,116    $    11,668   

Retained interests (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $—    $43    $755    $—   

Non-investment grade

  54     64     —     974   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

 $54    $107    $755    $974   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $—    $32    $142    $—   

Non-investment grade

  53     47     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 $53    $79    $142    $—   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $—    $291    $—    $206   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  —     —     —     449   

 

                                                                        
  At December 31, 2015 
  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  

 

U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations

  Credit-
Linked Notes
and

Other(1)
 
    
  (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

 $    22,440    $    72,760    $    17,978    $    12,235   

Retained interests (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $—    $238    $649    $—   

Non-investment grade

  160     63     —     1,136   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

 $160    $301    $649    $1,136   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $—    $88    $99    $—   

Non-investment grade

  60     63     —     10   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 $60    $151    $99    $10   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $—    $343    $—    $151   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  —     —     —     449   

 

(1)

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

(2)

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

  57 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At June 30, 2016
  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
  (dollars in millions)

Retained interests (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $        —   $        798   $        —   $        798  

Non-investment grade

      15    1,077    1,092  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

 $   $813   $1,077   $1,890  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $   $174   $   $174  

Non-investment grade

      85    15    100  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 $   $259   $15   $274  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $   $482   $15   $497  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

      102    347    449  

 

  At December 31, 2015
  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
  (dollars in millions)

Retained interests (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $        —   $      886   $1   $        887  

Non-investment grade

      17    1,342    1,359  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

 $   $903   $1,343   $2,246  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

    

Investment grade

 $   $187   $        —   $187  

Non-investment grade

      112    21    133  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 $   $299   $21   $320  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $   $466   $28   $494  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

      110    339    449  

 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these

transactions. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

 

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Proceeds received from new securitization transactions

  $        4,163     $        6,273     $        6,876     $        11,164   

Proceeds from retained interests in securitization transactions

   502      658      1,133      1,606   

 

Net gains on sale of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material in the current quarter, current year period, prior year quarter and prior year period. The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be

responsible for representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 11).

 

 

LOGO 58  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

Proceeds from Sales to CLO Entities Sponsored by Non-Affiliates

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2016  2015  2016  2015 
  (dollars in millions) 

Proceeds from sale of corporate loans sold to those SPEs

 $        —    $        621    $        31    $        966   

Net gains on sale of corporate loans to CLO transactions at the time of sale were not material in the current quarter, current year period, prior year quarter and prior year period.

The Firm also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the following table.

 

       At June 30, 2016       At December 31, 2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds

  $9,524     $7,878   

Fair value of assets sold

   9,692      7,935   

Fair value of derivative assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

   218      97   

Fair value of derivative liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

   50      40   

 

Failed Sales

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 10).

The assets transferred to unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are also non-recourse to the

Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

Carrying Value of Assets and Liabilities Related to Failed Sales

 

  At June 30, 2016  At December 31, 2015 
  Assets    Liabilities    Assets    Liabilities   
  (dollars in millions) 

Failed sales

 $      298    $      298    $      400    $      400   
 

 

13.    Regulatory

Requirements

 

Regulatory Capital Framework

For a discussion of the Firm’s regulatory capital framework, see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Risk-Based Capital Requirement

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. The Firm’s binding risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of the capital ratios computed under the (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (the “Advanced Approach”).

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019, the Firm will be subject to:

 

 

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

 

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 global systemically important bank (“G-SIB”) capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

 

 

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer, currently set by banking regulators at zero (collectively, the “buffers”).

In 2016, the phase-in amount for each of the buffers is 25% of the fully phased-in buffer requirement. Failure to maintain the buffers will result in restrictions on the Firm’s

 

 

  59 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

The methods for calculating each of the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of the capital rules are phased in. These changes may result in differences in the Firm’s reported capital

ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to its capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s calculation of risk-based capital ratios, see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm’s binding ratios are based on the Advanced Approach transitional rules.

Regulatory Capital Measures and Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

  At June 30, 2016 At December 31, 2015
  Amount       Ratio       Minimum
     Ratio(1)     
 Amount       Ratio       Minimum
     Ratio(1)     
  (dollars in millions)

Regulatory capital and capital ratios:

            

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $        59,796    16.8%   5.9%  $        59,409    15.5%   4.5%

Tier 1 capital

   66,782    18.8%   7.4%   66,722    17.4%   6.0%

Total capital

   79,830    22.4%   9.4%   79,403    20.7%   8.0%

Tier 1 leverage(2)

       8.3%   4.0%       8.3%   4.0%

Assets:

            

Total RWAs

  $355,982    N/A   N/A  $384,162    N/A   N/A

Adjusted average assets(3)

   804,511    N/A   N/A   803,574    N/A   N/A

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1)

Percentages represent minimum regulatory capital ratios under the transitional rules.

(2)

Tier 1 leverage ratios are calculated under Standardized Approach transitional rules.

(3)

Adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) are subject to similar regulatory capital requirements as the Firm. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under

capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, each of the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ binding ratios are based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

 

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital Measures and Required Capital Ratios

 

   Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 
   At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
   Amount        Ratio        Required
Capital
    Ratio(1)    
   Amount        Ratio        Required
Capital
    Ratio(1)    
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $        14,523     16.8%     6.5%    $        13,333     15.1%     6.5%  

Tier 1 capital

   14,523     16.8%     8.0%     13,333     15.1%     8.0%  

Total capital

   16,321     18.9%     10.0%     15,097     17.1%     10.0%  

Tier 1 leverage

   14,523     10.9%     5.0%     13,333     10.2%     5.0%  

 

LOGO 60  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association 
   At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
   Amount   Ratio   Required
Capital
Ratio(1)
   Amount   Ratio   Required
Capital
Ratio(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $5,153     28.0%     6.5%    $          4,197     26.5%     6.5%  

Tier 1 capital

   5,153     28.0%     8.0%     4,197     26.5%     8.0%  

Total capital

   5,186     28.2%     10.0%     4,225     26.7%     10.0%  

Tier 1 leverage

   5,153     11.4%     5.0%     4,197     10.5%     5.0%  

 

(1)

Capital ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

 

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain certain minimum capital ratios. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Firm must be well-capitalized in order for the Firm to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries maintained capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the U.S. federal banking regulators.

Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $10,353 million and $10,254 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $8,397 million and $8,458 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. In addition, MS&Co. is required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”) is a registered broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $3,752 million and $3,613 million at

June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $3,595 million and $3,459 million, respectively.

Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

 

14.

Total Equity

Dividends and Share Repurchases

The Firm repurchased approximately $625 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our share repurchase program during the current quarter and $1,250 million during the current year period. The Firm repurchased approximately $625 million during the prior year quarter and $875 million in the prior year period.

For a description of the 2015 capital plan, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

In June 2016, the Firm received a conditional non-objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2016 capital plan. The capital plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.5 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.20 per share from

 

 

  61 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

$0.15 per share during the period beginning with the dividend declared on July 20, 2016 (see Note 20). The Federal Reserve Board also asked the Firm to submit an additional capital plan by December 29, 2016 addressing weaknesses identified in the Firm’s capital planning process.

Preferred Stock

For a description of Series A through Series J preferred stock issuances, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K. Dividends declared on the Firm’s outstanding preferred stock were $156 million during the current

quarter and $141 million during the prior year quarter, and $234 million during the current year period and $219 million during the prior year period. On June 15, 2016, the Firm announced that the Board declared a quarterly dividend for preferred stock shareholders of record on June 30, 2016 that was paid on July 15, 2016. The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 13).

 

 

Preferred Stock Outstanding

 

Series

  Shares
Outstanding
At June 30,
2016
   Liquidation
Preference

per Share
   Carrying Value 
      At
June 30,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 
   (shares in millions)       (dollars in millions) 

A

   44,000    $        25,000    $1,100     $1,100   

C(1)

   519,882     1,000     408      408   

E

   34,500     25,000     862      862   

F

   34,000     25,000     850      850   

G

   20,000     25,000     500      500   

H

   52,000     25,000     1,300      1,300   

I

   40,000     25,000     1,000      1,000   

J

   60,000     25,000     1,500      1,500   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $           7,520     $        7,520   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Series C is comprised of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

 

LOGO 62  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Changes in AOCI by Component, Net of Tax and Noncontrolling Interests

 

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
   AFS Securities   Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
   DVA   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Balance at March 31, 2016

  $(831)    $76     $(373)    $(110)    $(1,238)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

   52      188      (5)     143      378   

Amounts reclassified from AOCI(2)(3)

   —      (45)     —      —      (45)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OCI during the period

   52      143      (5)     143      333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

  $(779)    $219     $(378)    $33     $(905)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $(883)    $127     $(510)    $—      (1,266)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

   50      (208)     (4)     —      (162)  

Amounts reclassified from AOCI(3)

   —      (20)          —      (19)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OCI during the period

   50      (228)     (3)     —      (181)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

  $(833)    $(101)    $(513)    $—      (1,447)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $(963)    $(319)    $(374)    $—     $(1,656)  

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA(1)

   —      —           (312)     (312)  

Change in OCI before reclassifications

   184      590      (3)     371      1,142   

Amounts reclassified from AOCI(2)(3)

   —      (52)     (1)     (26)     (79)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OCI during the period

   184      538      (4)     345      1,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

  $        (779)    $        219     $        (378)    $        33     $    (905)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $(663)    $(73)    $(512)    $—     $(1,248)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

   (170)          (4)     —      (167)  

Amounts reclassified from AOCI(3)

   —      (35)          —      (32)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OCI during the period

   (170)     (28)     (1)     —      (199)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

  $      (833)    $         (101)    $    (513)    $        —     $    (1,447)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, a cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative DVA amount, net of noncontrolling interest and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into AOCI. See Note 2 for further information.

(2)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI related to realization of DVA are classified within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The tax impact in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes resulting from such reclassifications was $(15) million related to DVA in the current year period. See Note 2 for further information.

(3)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI related to realized gains and losses from sales of AFS securities are classified within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The tax impact in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes resulting from such reclassifications was $(26) million in the current quarter and $(30) million in the current year period, and $(11) million in the prior quarter and $(20) million for the prior year period.

 

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests were $1,259 million and $1,002 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The increase in noncontrolling interests was primarily due to the consolidation of certain investment management funds sponsored by the Firm. See Note 2 for further information on the adoption of the accounting update Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.

 

 

  63 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

15.

Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share (“EPS”)

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (in millions, except for per share data) 

Basic EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

  $1,650     $1,833     $2,810     $4,301   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (4)     (2)     (7)     (7)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   1,646      1,831      2,803      4,294   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   64      24      87      93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   1,582      1,807      2,716      4,201   

Less: Preferred stock dividends

   (156)     (141)     (234)     (219)  

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1)

   (1)     (1)     (1)     (3)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $1,425     $1,665     $2,481     $3,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,866      1,919      1,875      1,922   

Earnings per basic common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

  $0.77     $0.87     $1.33     $2.07   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01)     —      (0.01)     —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

  $0.76     $0.87     $1.32     $2.07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

        

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $1,425     $1,665     $2,481     $3,979   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,866      1,919      1,875      1,922   

Effect of dilutive securities: Stock options and RSUs(1)

   33      41      32      40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,899      1,960      1,907      1,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

  $0.75     $0.85     $1.30     $2.03   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $      0.75     $      0.85     $      1.30     $      2.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that are considered participating securities are treated as a separate class of securities in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted EPS computations. The diluted EPS computations also do not include weighted average antidilutive RSUs and antidilutive stock options of 14 million shares and 12 million shares for the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and 15 million shares and 12 million shares for the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

 

LOGO 64  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

16.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest income(1):

        

Trading assets(2)

  $526     $555     $1,109     $1,149   

Investment securities

   237      238      473      438   

Loans

   680      529      1,327      1,004   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   52      22      105      45   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(3)

   (120)     (200)     (198)     (305)  

Customer receivables and Other(4)

   292      242      598      539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

  $1,667     $1,386     $3,414     $2,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

        

Deposits

  $15     $17     $37     $35   

Short-term borrowings

             14        

Long-term borrowings

   844      915      1,804      1,841   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5)

   259      235      513      543   

Customer payables and Other(6)

   (371)     (484)     (766)     (852)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  $754     $688     $1,602     $1,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

  $        913     $        698     $      1,812     $    1,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

(2)

Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.

(3)

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

(4)

Includes interest from customer receivables and other interest earning assets.

(5)

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

(6)

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

17.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Firm sponsors various retirement plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Firm provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income) for Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

  $    $    $    $10   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   39      38      77      77   

Expected return on plan assets

   (30)     (29)     (60)     (59)  

Net amortization of prior service credit

   (5)     (5)     (9)     (10)  

Net amortization of actuarial loss

                  13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

  $        11     $        16     $        22     $        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  65 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

18.

Income Taxes

 

The Firm is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and in states in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2012 and 2007-2009, respectively. The Firm believes that the resolution of these tax matters will not have a material effect in the consolidated balance sheets, although a resolution could have a material impact in the consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

In April 2016, the Firm received a notification from the IRS that the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation approved the final report of an Appeals Office review of matters from tax years 1999-2005, and the Revenue Agent’s Report reflecting agreed closure of the 2006-2008 tax years. The Firm has reserved the right to contest certain items, associated with tax years 1999-2005, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate or the consolidated financial statements.

During 2016, the Firm expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through

tax year 2010, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate or the consolidated financial statements.

The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months related to certain tax authority examinations referred to herein. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the prior year period included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million. This net discrete tax benefit was primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Firm’s legal entity organization in the U.K.

 

 

LOGO 66  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

19.

Segment and Geographic Information

Segment Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s business segments, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Selected Financial Information

 

   Three Months Ended June 30, 2016 
   Institutional
Securities(1)
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Intersegment
Eliminations
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(2)(3)

  $4,496     $2,982     $581     $(63)    $7,996   

Interest income

   966      920           (222)     1,667   

Interest expense

   884      91           (222)     754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   82      829           —      913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $4,578     $3,811     $583     $(63)    $8,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $1,506     $859     $118     $—     $2,483   

Provision for income taxes

   453      343      37      —      833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,053      516      81      —      1,650   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (4)     —      —      —      (4)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   1,049      516      81      —      1,646   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   61      —           —      64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $        988     $          516      $        78     $        —      $        1,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  67 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 
   Institutional
Securities(1)
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Intersegment
Eliminations
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(2)(3)

  $5,205     $3,138     $757     $(55)    $9,045   

Interest income

   723      782      —      (119)     1,386   

Interest expense

   756      45           (119)     688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   (33)     737      (6)     —      698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $5,172     $3,875     $751     $(55)    $9,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $1,622     $885     $220     $—     $2,727   

Provision for income taxes

   511      324      59      —      894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,111      561      161      —      1,833   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (2)     —      —      —      (2)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   1,109      561     161      —      1,831   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   22      —           —      24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $        1,087     $        561     $        159     $        —     $        1,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 
   Institutional
Securities(1)
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Intersegment
Eliminations
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(2)(3)

  $8,141     $5,819     $1,059     $(130)    $14,889   

Interest income

   2,019      1,834           (443)     3,414   

Interest expense

   1,868      174           (443)     1,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   151      1,660           —      1,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $8,292     $7,479     $1,060     $(130)    $16,701   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $2,414     $1,645     $162     $—     $4,221   

Provision for income taxes

   728      636      47      —      1,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,686      1,009      115      —      2,810   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (7)     —      —      —      (7)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   1,679      1,009      115      —      2,803   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   100      —      (13)     —      87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $      1,579     $      1,009     $      128     $      —     $      2,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO 68  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 
  Institutional
Securities(1)
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(2)(3)

 $        10,751    $        6,283    $        1,431    $        (109)   $        18,356   

Interest income

  1,593     1,519         (243)    2,870   

Interest expense

  1,714     93     12     (243)    1,576   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

  (121)    1,426     (11)    —     1,294   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

 $10,630    $7,709    $1,420    $(109)   $19,650   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $3,435    $1,740    $407    $—    $5,582   

Provision for income taxes(4)

  517     644     120     —     1,281   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

  2,918     1,096     287     —     4,301   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (7)    —     —     —     (7)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  2,911     1,096     287     —     4,294   

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  74     —     19     —     93   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,837    $1,096    $268    $—    $4,201   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 (1)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, for the current quarter and current year period DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI when unrealized and in Trading revenues when realized. In the prior year quarter and prior year period, the realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

 
 (2)

In certain management fee arrangements, the Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenues are accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. The Firm’s portion of unrealized cumulative amount of performance-based fee revenue (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $421 million and $422 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

 
 (3)

The Firm waives a portion of its fees from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. These fee waivers resulted in a reduction of fees of approximately $12 million and $50 million for the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $35 million and $100 million for the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

 
 (4)

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the prior year period included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million, within Institutional Securities (see Note 18).

 

 

Total Assets by Business Segment

 

  At June 30,

 

2016

  At December 31,

 

2015

 
  (dollars in millions) 

Institutional Securities

 $    641,373   $    602,714  

Wealth Management

  182,801    179,708  

Investment Management

  4,699    5,043  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total(1)

 $828,873   $787,465  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

_________

(1) Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

 

 

  69 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Geographic Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s geographic net revenues, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Form 10-K.

Net Revenues by Region

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $          6,538    $          6,777    $          12,290    $          13,707  

EMEA

   1,312     1,436     2,441     3,198  

Asia-Pacific

   1,059     1,530     1,970     2,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $8,909    $9,743    $16,701    $19,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

20.

Subsequent Events

The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:

Common Stock Dividend

On July 20, 2016, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.20. The dividend is payable on August 15, 2016 to common shareholders of record on July 29, 2016.

Long-Term Borrowings

Subsequent to June 30, 2016 and through July 29, 2016, long-term borrowings increased by approximately $3.4 billion, net of redemptions. This amount includes the issuance of $3.0 billion of senior debt on July 25, 2016.

Trust Preferred Securities

On July 19, 2016, the Firm announced that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V will redeem all of their issued and outstanding Capital Securities on August 18, 2016, and that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII will redeem all of its issued and outstanding Capital Securities on August 3, 2016, pursuant to the optional redemption provisions provided in the respective governing documents. In the aggregate, $2.8 billion will be redeemed. The Firm will concurrently redeem the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

 

 

LOGO 70  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2016, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in total equity for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 23, 2016, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

August 3, 2016

 

  71  


Table of Contents
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

 

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or “us”, “we”, or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high-to-ultra high net worth clients. Investment banking services comprise capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing and market-making activities in equity securities and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities, as well as prime brokerage services. Other services include corporate lending activities and credit products, investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, market-making activities in fixed income securities,

financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets, to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products comprise equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative / other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution pensions, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition, risk factors, legislative, legal and regulatory developments, as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “2015 Form 10-K”), “Business Segments—Wealth Management—Other Items,” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

 

 

LOGO 72  


Table of Contents
                                                                                    
Executive Summary               

Business Segment Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

               
  Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended 
  June 30,   June 30, 
  2016   2015   2016   2015 
  

(dollars in millions, except where noted and

per share amounts)

 

Net revenues:

       

Institutional Securities

 $          4,578     $          5,172     $          8,292     $          10,630   

Wealth Management

  3,811      3,875      7,479      7,709   

Investment Management

  583      751      1,060      1,420   

Intersegment Eliminations

  (63)     (55)     (130)     (109)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Consolidated net revenues

 $8,909     $9,743     $16,701     $19,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

       

Institutional Securities

 $992     $1,089     $1,586     $2,844   

Wealth Management

  516      561      1,009      1,096   

Investment Management

  78      159      128      268   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,586     $1,809     $2,723     $4,208   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  (4)     (2)     (7)     (7)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,582     $1,807     $2,716     $4,201   

Preferred stock dividend and other

  157      142      235      222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $1,425     $1,665     $2,481     $3,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share(1)

 $0.76     $0.87     $1.32     $2.07   

Earnings per diluted common share(1)

 $0.75     $0.85     $1.30     $2.03   

Regional net revenues(2):

       

Americas

 $6,538     $6,777     $12,290     $13,707   

EMEA

  1,312      1,436      2,441      3,198   

Asia-Pacific

  1,059      1,530      1,970      2,745   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Net revenues

 $8,909     $9,743     $16,701     $19,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

  33.5%      32.8%      33.4%      22.9%   

 

                                                      
  At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
  

(dollars in millions, except where noted and

per share amounts)

 

Total loans(3)

 $          93,165     $                      85,759   

Total assets

 $828,873     $787,465   

Global Liquidity Reserve managed by bank and non-bank legal entities(4):

   

 Bank legal entities

 $91,062     $94,328   

 Non-bank legal entities

  116,393      108,936   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Total

 $207,455     $203,264   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

 $152,693     $156,034   

Long-term borrowings

 $163,492     $153,768   

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding (next 12 months)

 $24,244     $22,396   

Book value per common share(5)

 $36.29     $35.24   

Capital ratios (Transitional—Advanced)(6):

   

 Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  16.8%     15.5%  

 Tier 1 capital ratio

  18.8%     17.4%  

 Total capital ratio

  22.4%     20.7%  

Capital ratios (Transitional—Standardized)(6):

   

 Tier 1 leverage ratio(7)

  8.3%     8.3%  

Worldwide employees

  54,529      56,218   

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

(1)

For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

(2)

For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

(3)

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

(4)

For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

(5)

Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $69,596 million at June 30, 2016 and $67,662 million at December 31, 2015 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,918 million at June 30, 2016 and 1,920 million at December 31, 2015.

(6)

For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

(7)

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

 

  73 LOGO


Table of Contents

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2016

 

 

We reported net revenues of $8,909 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (“current quarter”), compared with $9,743 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (“prior year quarter”). For the current quarter, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $1,582 million, or $0.75 per diluted common share, compared with income of $1,807 million, or $0.85 per diluted common share, in the prior year quarter.

 

 

The prior year quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of debt valuation adjustments (“DVA”) of $182 million or $0.06 per diluted common share. Excluding DVA, net revenues were $9,561 million and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $1,688 million, or $0.79 per diluted common share, in the prior year quarter (see “Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein).

 

 

Effective January 1, 2016, we early adopted a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities that requires unrealized gains and losses from debt-related credit spreads and other credit factors to be presented in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) as opposed to Trading revenues. Results for 2015 are not restated pursuant to that guidance.

Consolidated Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

 

 

We reported net revenues of $16,701 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 (“current year period”), compared with $19,650 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 (“prior year period”). For the current year period, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $2,716 million, or $1.30 per diluted common share, compared with income of $4,201 million, or $2.03 per diluted common share in the prior year period.

 

 

The prior year period included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million or $0.29 per diluted common share, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated, and positive revenues associated with DVA of $307 million or $0.10 per diluted common share. For a further discussion of the net discrete tax benefit, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures— Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

 

Net revenues excluding DVA were $19,343 million in the prior year period, while net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $4,002 million excluding DVA, or

  

$1.93 per diluted common share excluding DVA, in the prior year period. Excluding both DVA and the net discrete tax benefit, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $3,438 million, or $1.64 per diluted common share, in the prior year period (see “Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein).

Business Segment Net Revenues for the Current Quarter and Current Year Period

 

 

Institutional Securities net revenues of $4,578 million in the current quarter and $8,292 million in the current year period decreased 11% and 22% from the comparable periods reflecting lower underwriting and sales and trading results, partly offset by continued strength in merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) advisory.

 

 

Wealth Management net revenues of $3,811 million in the current quarter and $7,479 million in the current year period decreased 2% and 3% from the comparable periods reflecting lower transactional revenues, partly offset by strong growth in net interest income.

 

 

Investment Management net revenues of $583 million in the current quarter and $1,060 million in the current year period decreased 22% and 25% from the comparable periods reflecting lower investment gains and carried interest in infrastructure and private equity investments. Asset management fees were relatively unchanged from the comparable periods.

Consolidated Non-Interest Expenses for the Current Quarter and Current Year Period

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses of $4,015 million in the current quarter and $7,698 million in the current year period decreased 9% and 14% from $4,405 million in the prior year quarter and $8,929 million in the prior year period, primarily due to a decrease in discretionary incentive compensation driven mainly by lower revenues, a decrease in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to lower revenues, and a decrease in salaries due to lower headcount. In the current year period, compensation and benefits expenses also reflected a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments and carried interest.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses were $2,411 million in the current quarter and $4,782 million in the current year period compared with $2,611 million in the prior year quarter and $5,139 million in the prior year period, representing an 8% and a 7% decrease, primarily due to lower litigation costs and expense reductions across Professional services, Marketing and business development and Occupancy and equipment.

 

 

LOGO 74  


Table of Contents

Return on Average Common Equity

 

 

The annualized return on average common equity was 8.3% in the current quarter and 7.2% in the current year period. For the prior year quarter, the annualized return on average common equity was 9.9%, or 9.1% excluding DVA. For the prior year period, the annualized return on average common equity was 12.0%, or 11.3% excluding DVA, and 9.6% excluding DVA and a net discrete tax benefit (see “Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein).

Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information

We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of

our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by us are provided as additional information to investors and analysts in order to provide them with further transparency about, or as an alternative method for assessing, our financial condition, operating results or prospective regulatory capital requirements. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

 

                                                                                    
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2016   2015   2016   2015 
  (dollars in billions) 

Pre-tax profit margin(1):

       

Institutional Securities

  33%     31%     29%     32%  

Wealth Management

  23%     23%     22%     23%  

Investment Management

  20%     29%     15%     29%  

Consolidated

  28%     28%     25%     28%  

Average common equity(2)(3):

       

Institutional Securities

 $          43.2     $          35.3     $          43.2     $         36.1   

Wealth Management

  15.3      11.3      15.3      10.9   

Investment Management

  2.8      2.3      2.8      2.3   

Parent(2)

  7.7      18.3      7.3      17.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Consolidated average common equity

 $69.0     $67.2     $68.6     $66.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(2)(3):

       

Institutional Securities

  8.0%     11.3%     6.4%     15.1%  

Wealth Management

  12.9%     18.2%     12.7%     18.4%  

Investment Management

  10.6%     27.7%     8.8%     23.5%  

Consolidated

  8.3%     9.9%     7.2%     12.0%  

 

  75 LOGO


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Financial Measures from a U.S. GAAP to a Non-GAAP Basis

 

                                                                                    
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2016   2015   2016   2015 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts) 

Net revenues

       

Net revenues—U.S. GAAP

 $          8,909     $          9,743     $          16,701     $          19,650   

Impact of DVA(4)

  —      (182)     —      (307)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues—non-GAAP

 $8,909     $9,561     $16,701     $19,343   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

       

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley—U.S. GAAP

 $1,582     $1,807     $2,716     $4,201   

Impact of DVA(4)

  —      (119)     —      (199)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA—non-GAAP

 $1,582     $1,688     $2,716     $4,002   

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(5)

  —      —      —      (564)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits—non-GAAP

 $1,582     $1,688     $2,716     $3,438   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

       

Earnings per diluted common share—U.S. GAAP

 $0.75     $0.85     $1.30     $2.03   

Impact of DVA(4)

  —      (0.06)     —      (0.10)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA—non-GAAP

 $0.75     $0.79     $1.30     $1.93   

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(5)

  —      —      —      (0.29)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits—non-GAAP

 $0.75     $0.79     $1.30     $1.64   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

       

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—U.S. GAAP

  33.5%     32.8%     33.4%     22.9%  

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(5)

  —      —      —      10.2%  

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—non-GAAP

  33.5%     32.8%     33.4%     33.1%  

 

LOGO 76  


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Average common equity, return on average common equity, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share are all non-GAAP financial measures we consider to be useful measures to us, investors and analysts to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability of period-to-period operating performance. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Tangible Equity” herein.

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
          2016                   2015                   2016                   2015         
  (dollars in billions) 

Average common equity(3)(6)

       

Average common equity

 $          69.0    $          67.2    $          68.6    $          66.3  

Average common equity, excluding DVA

 $69.1    $67.9    $68.7    $67.1  

Average common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

 $69.1    $67.9    $68.7    $66.8  

Return on average common equity(3)

       

Return on average common equity

  8.3%     9.9%     7.2%     12.0%  

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA

  8.3%     9.1%     7.2%     11.3%  

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

  8.3%     9.1%     7.2%     9.6%  

Average tangible common equity(6)

       

Average tangible common equity

 $59.5    $57.5    $59.1    $56.7  

Average tangible common equity, excluding DVA

 $59.6    $58.2    $59.2    $57.4  

Average tangible common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

 $59.6    $58.2    $59.2    $57.1  

Return on average tangible common equity(7)

       

Return on average tangible common equity

  9.6%     11.6%     8.4%     14.1%  

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA

  9.6%     10.6%     8.4%     13.2%  

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

  9.6%     10.6%     8.4%     11.3%  
  At June 30, 2016   At December 31, 2015 

Tangible book value per common share(8)

 $      31.39    $      30.26  

 

DVA—Debt valuation adjustments represent the change in the fair value resulting from fluctuations in our credit spreads and other credit factors related to liabilities carried at fair value, primarily certain Long-term and Short-term borrowings.

(1)

Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that we consider to be a useful measure to us, investors and analysts to assess operating performance and represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues, which are two U.S. GAAP reported amounts without adjustment.

(2)

Average common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity according to the Required Capital Framework” herein). Each business segment’s return on average common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity for that segment. Effective tax rates used in the computation are determined on a separate legal entity basis.

(3)

Return on average common equity equals consolidated net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. Effective January 1, 2016, as a result of the adoption of a provision of the accounting update related to DVA, we have redefined the calculation of the return on average common equity excluding DVA to adjust for DVA only in the denominator. Prior to January 1, 2016, for the return on average common equity, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and denominator were adjusted to exclude those items.

(4)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) in the current quarter and current year period are recorded within OCI in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. In the prior year quarter and prior year period, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income. See Notes 2 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

(5)

For a discussion of our net discrete tax benefit, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

(6)

The impact of DVA on average common equity and average tangible common equity was approximately $(106) million and $(714) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively. The impact of DVA on average common equity and average tangible common equity was approximately $(128) million and $(756) million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively. The impact of the net discrete tax benefit on average common equity and average tangible common equity was approximately $322 million in the prior year period.

(7)

Return on average tangible common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Effective January 1, 2016, as a result of the adoption of a provision of the accounting update related to DVA, we have redefined the calculation of return on average tangible common equity excluding DVA to adjust for DVA only in the denominator. Prior to January 1, 2016, for the return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA and the impact of net discrete tax benefits. The impact of DVA was 1.0% and 0.9% in the prior year quarter and prior year period, respectively. The impact of the net discrete tax benefit was 1.9% in the prior year period.

(8)

Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $60,185 million at June 30, 2016 and $58,098 million at December 31, 2015 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,918 million at June 30, 2016 and 1,920 million at December 31, 2015.

 

  77 LOGO


Table of Contents

Return on Equity Target

We are aiming to improve our return to shareholders, and accordingly have established a target return on average common equity excluding DVA (“Return on Equity”) to be achieved by 2017, subject to the successful execution of our strategic objectives. For further information on our Return on Equity target and related assumptions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Executive Summary—Return on Equity Target” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to the business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, we include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to our consolidated results.

Net Revenues

For discussions of our net revenues, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Net Revenues” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Net Revenues by Segment” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Compensation Expense

For a discussion of our compensation expense, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Compensation Expense” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

LOGO 78  


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

   Three Months Ended  Six Months Ended  % Change
   June 30,  June 30,  

 

From Prior

Year Quarter

  

 

From Prior

Year Period

         2016              2015              2016              2015          
   (dollars in millions)      

Revenues:

                  

Investment banking

   $1,108     $1,440     $2,098     $2,613      (23)%     (20)% 

Trading

    2,498      2,785      4,389      6,207      (10)%     (29)% 

Investments

    76      16      108      128      N/M     (16)% 

Commissions and fees

    607      683      1,262      1,356      (11)%     (7)% 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

    69      69      142      145      0%     (2)% 

Other

    138      212      142      302      (35)%     (53)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total non-interest revenues

    4,496      5,205      8,141      10,751      (14)%     (24)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Interest income

    966      723      2,019      1,593      34%     27% 

Interest expense

    884      756      1,868      1,714      17%     9% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Net interest

    82      (33)     151      (121)     N/M     N/M 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Net revenues

    4,578      5,172      8,292      10,630      (11)%     (22)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Compensation and benefits

    1,625      1,897      3,007      3,923      (14)%     (23)% 

Non-compensation expenses

    1,447      1,653      2,871      3,272      (12)%     (12)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total non-interest expenses

    3,072      3,550      5,878      7,195      (13)%     (18)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    1,506      1,622      2,414      3,435      (7)%     (30)% 

Provision for income taxes

    453      511      728      517      (11)%     41% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income from continuing operations

    1,053      1,111      1,686      2,918      (5)%     (42)% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (4)     (2)     (7)     (7)     N/M     0% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Net income

    1,049      1,109      1,679      2,911      (5)%     (42)% 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

    61      22      100      74      N/M     35% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $    988     $    1,087     $    1,579     $    2,837      (9)%     (44)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

N/M—Not Meaningful

 

  79 LOGO


Table of Contents

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Revenues

 

   Three Months Ended  Six Months Ended  % Change
   June 30,  June 30,  From Prior
Year Quarter
  From Prior
Year Period
           2016                  2015                  2016                  2015            
   (dollars in millions)      

Advisory revenues

   $497     $423     $1,088     $894      17%     22% 

Underwriting revenues:

                  

Equity underwriting revenues

    266      489      426      796      (46)%     (46)% 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

    345      528      584      923      (35)%     (37)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total underwriting revenues

    611      1,017      1,010      1,719      (40)%     (41)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total investment banking revenues

   $    1,108     $    1,440     $    2,098     $    2,613      (23)%     (20)% 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Investment Banking Volumes

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
         2016(1)              2015(1)              2016(1)              2015(1)      
   (dollars in billions)

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

   $          235              $       137              $      526               $262 

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

    14               20               22               39 

Fixed income offerings(4)

    63               73               114               147 

 

(1)

Source: Thomson Reuters, data at July 1, 2016. Completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

(2)

Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more.

(3)

Amounts include Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

(4)

Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Amounts include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues of $1,108 million in the current quarter and $2,098 million in the current year period decreased 23% and 20% from the comparable periods due to lower underwriting revenues, partially offset by higher advisory revenues.

 

  

Advisory revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period due to higher completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table).

  

Equity underwriting revenues decreased as a result of significantly lower market volumes in both initial public offerings (“IPO”) and follow on offerings, while Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased primarily due to lower bond and loan fees.

 

LOGO 80  


Table of Contents

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

 

                                                                                                            
   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
   % Change 
       From Prior
Year Quarter
   From Prior
Year Period
 
           2016                   2015               2016                   2015             
   (dollars in millions)         

Trading

  $2,498    $2,785     $4,389    $6,207      (10)%     (29)%  

Commissions and fees

   607     683      1,262     1,356      (11)%     (7)%  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   69     69      142     145      0%     (2)%  

Net interest

   82     (33)     151     (121)     N/M     N/M  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

 

   $

 

    3,256

 

  

 

   $

 

    3,504 

 

  

 

   $

 

    5,944

 

  

 

   $

 

    7,587 

 

  

 

    

 

(7)%

 

  

 

    

 

(22)%

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

N/M—Not Meaningful

Sales and Trading Net Revenues by Business

 

                                                                                                            
   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
   % Change 
       From Prior
Year Quarter
   From Prior
Year Period
 
           2016                   2015                   2016                   2015             
   (dollars in millions)         

Equity

  $2,145     $2,342     $4,201     $4,635      (8)%     (9)%  

Fixed income and commodities

   1,297      1,377      2,170      3,380      (6)%     (36)%  

Other

   (186)     (215)     (427)     (428)     13%     0%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

 

   $

 

    3,256 

 

  

 

   $

 

    3,504 

 

  

 

   $

 

    5,944 

 

  

 

   $

 

    7,587 

 

  

 

    

 

(7)%

 

  

 

    

 

(22)%

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Sales and Trading Net Revenues, Excluding DVA in 2015

Sales and trading net revenues, including equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA in 2015, are non-GAAP financial measures that we consider useful for us, investors and analysts to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

 

                                                                                                            
   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
   % Change 
       From Prior
Year Quarter
   From Prior
Year Period
 
   2016   2015   2016   2015     
   (dollars in millions)         

Total sales and trading net revenues—U.S. GAAP

  $        3,256    $        3,504     $        5,944    $        7,587      (7)%     (22)%  

Impact of DVA(1)

        (182)          (307)     (100)%     (100)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

  $3,256    $3,322     $5,944    $7,280      (2)%     (18)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Equity sales and trading net revenues—U.S. GAAP

  $2,145    $2,342     $4,201    $4,635      (8)%     (9)%  

Impact of DVA(1)

        (72)          (97)     (100)%     (100)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

  $2,145    $2,270     $4,201    $4,538      (6)%     (7)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—U.S. GAAP

  $1,297    $1,377     $2,170    $3,380      (6)%     (36)%  

Impact of DVA(1)

        (110)          (210)     (100)%     (100)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

  $1,297    $1,267     $2,170    $3,170      2%     (32)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(1)

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) in the current quarter and current year period are recorded within OCI in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. In the prior year quarter and prior year period, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income. See Notes 2 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

 

  81 LOGO


Table of Contents

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Quarter

Equity

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues were $2,145 million, a decrease from the strong comparable period reflecting significantly reduced volumes and levels of client engagement in Asia, partly offset by improved performance in Europe and the U.S.

Fixed Income and Commodities

 

 

Fixed income and commodities net revenues of $1,297 million decreased from the comparable period. The prior year quarter results included positive DVA revenues of $110 million. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities net revenues were essentially flat with the prior year quarter. Results primarily reflected an improved credit market environment and improved revenues from structured transactions in natural gas and power, substantially offset by lower results from counterparty risk management activities in the current quarter and the positive impact of a rating upgrade in the prior year quarter, and the absence of revenues from the global oil merchanting business, which was sold on November 1, 2015. For more information on the sale of the global oil merchanting business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations — Business Segments — Institutional Securities — Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items — 2015 Compared with 2014 — Dispositions” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Year Period

Equity

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues were $4,201 million, a decrease from the strong comparable period primarily reflecting declines in Asia across all products from reduced volumes.

Fixed Income and Commodities

 

 

Fixed income and commodities net revenues of $2,170 million decreased from the comparable period. In the prior year period, fixed income and commodities results included positive DVA revenues of $210 million. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities net revenues were lower in the current year period as compared with the prior year period primarily reflecting lower results in interest rate products and foreign exchange, a challenging credit environment early in the current year period, lower commodities results due to the absence of revenues from the global oil merchanting business, as discussed herein, and the depressed energy price environment in the first quarter of 2016.

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses and Other Items

Investments

 

 

Net investment gains of $76 million in the current quarter increased from the comparable period primarily reflecting higher gains on business related investments.

 

 

Net investment gains of $108 million in the current year period decreased from the comparable period primarily reflecting losses on investments associated with our compensation plans and lower gains on principal investments in real estate, partly offset by higher gains on business related investments.

Other

 

 

Other revenues of $138 million in the current quarter and $142 million in the current year period decreased 35% and 53% from the comparable periods primarily due to lower results related to our 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information). In the current year period, other revenues also decreased from the comparable period due to an increase in the allowance for losses on loans held for investment.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,072 million in the current quarter and $5,878 million in the current year period decreased 13% and 18% from the comparable periods driven by a 14% and 23% reduction in Compensation and benefits expenses and a 12% reduction in both periods in Non-compensation expenses.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to a decrease in discretionary incentive compensation driven mainly by lower revenues and a decrease in salaries due to lower headcount. In the current year period, Compensation and benefits expenses also reflected a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to lower litigation costs, transaction related expenses in Asia and expense reductions across Professional services, Marketing and business development and Occupancy and equipment.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests primarily relate to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”).

 

 

LOGO 82  


Table of Contents

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   % Change 
     From Prior
  Year Quarter  
   From Prior
Year Period
 
  2016  2015  2016  2015     
  (dollars in millions)         

Revenues:

        

Investment banking

 $123    $186    $244    $378      (34)%     (35)%  

Trading

  252     196     446     428      29%     4%  

Investments

  —     13     (2)    15      N/M     N/M  

Commissions and fees

  423     490     835     1,016      (14)%     (18)%  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  2,082     2,174     4,136     4,289      (4)%     (4)%  

Other

  102     79     160     157      29%     2%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total non-interest revenues

  2,982     3,138     5,819     6,283      (5)%     (7)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Interest income

  920     782     1,834     1,519      18%     21%  

Interest expense

  91     45     174     93      102%     87%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Net interest

  829     737     1,660     1,426      12%     16%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Net revenues

  3,811     3,875     7,479     7,709      (2)%     (3)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Compensation and benefits

  2,152     2,200     4,240     4,425      (2)%     (4)%  

Non-compensation expenses

  800     790     1,594     1,544      1%     3%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total non-interest expenses

      2,952         2,990     5,834     5,969      (1)%     (2)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  859     885     1,645     1,740      (3)%     (5)%  

Provision for income taxes

  343     324     636     644      6%     (1)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $516    $561    $    1,009    $    1,096      (8)%     (8)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

N/M – Not Meaningful

 

  83 LOGO


Table of Contents

Statistical Data

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in billions, except where noted)

 

   At
June 30,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
 

Client assets

  

 $2,034    $1,985   

Fee-based client assets(1)

  

 $820    $795   

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

  

  40%     40%   

Client liabilities(2)

  

 $69    $64   

Bank deposit program

  

 $150    $149   

Investment securities portfolio

  

 $64.6    $57.9   

Loans and lending commitments

  

 $61.3    $55.3   

Wealth Management representatives

  

      15,909     15,889   

Retail locations

  

  609     608   
  Three Months Ended  Six Months Ended 
  June 30,  June 30, 
        2016              2015        2016  2015 

Annualized revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(3)

 $959    $978    $941    $968   

Client assets per representative (dollars in millions)(4)

 $128    $129    $128    $129   

Fee-based asset flows(5)

 $12.0    $13.9    $17.9    $27.2   

 

(1)

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

(2)

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, home loans and margin lending.

(3)

Annualized revenues per representative equal the Wealth Management business segment’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

(4)

Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.

(5)

Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude cash management-related activity.

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  % Change 
    From Prior
Year Quarter
  From Prior
Year Period
 
  2016  2015  2016  2015   
  (dollars in millions)       

Investment banking

 $123    $186    $244    $378     (34)%    (35)%  

Trading

  252     196     446     428     29%    4%  

Commissions and fees

  423     490     835     1,016     (14)%    (18)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transactional revenues

 $      798    $      872    $      1,525    $      1,822     (8)%    (16)%  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

Transactional revenues of $798 million in the current quarter and $1,525 million in the current year period decreased 8% and 16% from the comparable periods due to lower revenues in Investment banking and Commissions and fees, partially offset by higher revenues in Trading.

 

 

Investment banking revenues decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to reduced levels of underwriting volumes driven by lower levels of new issue activity.

 

 

Trading revenues increased in the current quarter primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and higher revenues from fixed income products. The increase in the current year period was primarily due to higher revenues from fixed income, partially offset by

  

losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

 

 

Commissions and fees decreased in the current quarter and current year period reflected lower daily average commissions primarily due to reduced client activity in equity, mutual fund and annuity products.

Asset Management

 

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $2,082 million in the current quarter and $4,136 million in the current year period decreased in both periods 4% from the comparable periods primarily due to lower fees from mutual funds reflecting the impact of lower average asset levels and lower average fee rates related to fee-based accounts, partially offset by positive flows (see “Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type” herein).

 

 

LOGO 84  


Table of Contents

Net Interest

 

 

Net interest of $829 million in the current quarter and $1,660 million in the current year period increased 12% and 16% from the comparable periods primarily due to higher loan and investment securities balances which were funded by higher average deposits.

Other

 

 

Other revenues of $102 million in the current quarter increased 29% from the comparable period, due to higher realized gains from the available for sale (“AFS”) securities portfolio. Other revenues of $160 million in the current year period were relatively unchanged from the comparable period.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $2,952 million in the current quarter and $5,834 million in the current year period decreased 1% and 2% from the comparable periods.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses were relatively unchanged in the current quarter. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current year period primarily due to the decrease in formulaic payout to Wealth

  

Management representatives driven by lower net revenues and a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter due to higher litigation costs, partially offset by lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessment on deposits. Non-compensation expenses increased in the current year period primarily due to higher litigation costs and professional services fees.

Other Items

U.S. Department of Labor Conflict of Interest Rule

In April 2016, the U.S. Department of Labor adopted a conflict of interest rule under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 that broadens the circumstances under which a firm is considered a fiduciary when transacting with retail investment accounts and sets forth requirements to ensure that advice given by broker-dealers acting as investment advice fiduciaries is impartial. The new fiduciary standard for investment advice will apply on April 10, 2017 and full compliance is required by January 1, 2018. While we are still assessing the impact of the final rule, given the breadth and scale of our platform and continued investment in technology and infrastructure, we believe that we will be able to provide compliant solutions to meet our clients’ investment needs (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2015 Form 10-K).

 

 

Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type

For a description of fee-based client assets, including descriptions for the fee based client asset types and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Wealth Management—Fee-Based Client Assets” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

  At
March 31,
2016
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
June 30,
2016
   Average for the
Three Months
June 30,

2016
                    Fee Rate        
  (dollars in billions)   (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(1)

 $        278     $    $(7)    $        (1)    $        279     31

Unified managed accounts

  112      11      (5)          120     109

Mutual fund advisory

  24      —      (1)     —      23     121

Representative as advisor

  114           (8)          117     88

Representative as portfolio manager

  255      17      (12)          265     101
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

    Subtotal

 $783     $        45     $        (33)    $    $804     74

Cash management

  15           (3)     —      16     6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total fee-based client assets

 $798     $49     $(36)    $    $820     73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  85 LOGO


Table of Contents
  At
March 31,
2015
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
  At
June 30,
2015
   Average for the
  Three Months Ended  

June 30,
2015
            Fee Rate
  (dollars in billions)   (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(1)

 $        287     $        13     $        (7)    $        1     $        294     34

Unified managed accounts

  99           (4)     —      103     114

Mutual fund advisory

  30           (2)     —      29     121

Representative as advisor

  121           (8)     (1)     120     89

Representative as portfolio manager

  250      16      (11)     (2)     253     104
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

    Subtotal

 $787     $46     $(32)    $(2)    $799     77

Cash management

  16           (4)     —      14     6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total fee-based client assets

 $803     $48     $(36)    $(2)    $813     75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

  At December 31,
2015
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
June 30,
2016
   Average for the
  Six Months Ended  

June 30,
2016
            Fee Rate
  (dollars in billions)   (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(1)

 $283     $17     $      (17)    $(4)    $        279     32

Unified managed accounts

  105      21      (9)               3      120     109

Mutual fund advisory

  25           (3)     —      23     121

Representative as advisor

  115      13      (14)          117     88

Representative as portfolio manager

  252      31      (22)          265     102
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

    Subtotal

 $780     $         83     $(65)    $    $804     74

Cash management

  15           (6)     —      16     6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total fee-based client assets

 $795     $90     $(71)    $    $820     73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  At December 31,
2014
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
June 30,
2015
   Average for the
  Six Months Ended  

June 30,
2015
            Fee Rate
  (dollars in billions)   (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(1)

 $285     $23     $(14)    $—     $294     35

Unified managed accounts

  93      15      (7)          103     114

Mutual fund advisory

  31           (3)     —      29     121

Representative as advisor

  119      16      (15)     —      120     89

Representative as portfolio manager

  241      31      (20)          253     104
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

    Subtotal

 $769     $        86     $        (59)    $          3     $        799     77

Cash management

  16           (5)     —      14     6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total fee-based client assets

 $785     $89     $(64)    $    $813     75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

bps—Basis points

(1)

Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

 

LOGO 86  


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
   % Change 
      From Prior
 Year Quarter 
     From Prior  
Year Period
 
  2016   2015   2016   2015     
  (dollars in millions)         

Revenues:

           

Investment banking

 $—     $—     $    $—           N/M  

Trading

       (6)     (5)     (3)     N/M     (67)%  

Investments

  50      232      (14)     384      (78)%     N/M  

Commissions and fees

  —      —           —           N/M  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  517      522      1,043      1,036      (1)%     1%  

Other

            31      14           121%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-interest revenues

  581      757      1,059      1,431      (23)%     (26)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Interest income

       —                N/M     N/M  

Interest expense

                 12      (83)%     (75)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net interest

       (6)          (11)     N/M     N/M  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net revenues

  583      751      1,060      1,420      (22)%     (25)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Compensation and benefits

  238      308      451      581      (23)%     (22)%  

Non-compensation expenses

  227      223      447      432      2%     3%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-interest expenses

  465      531      898      1,013      (12)%     (11)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  118      220      162      407      (46)%     (60)%  

Provision for income taxes

  37      59      47      120      (37)%     (61)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income from continuing operations

  81      161      115      287      (50)%     (60)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income

  81      161      115      287      (50)%     (60)%  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

            (13)     19      50%     N/M  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $        78     $        159     $        128     $        268      (51)%     (52)%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

N/M – Not Meaningful

 

  87 LOGO


Table of Contents

Net Revenues

Investments

 

 

Investments gains of $50 million in the current quarter and losses of $14 million in the current year period compared with gains of $232 million and $384 million in the comparable periods, reflected lower investment gains and carried interest in infrastructure and private equity investments. Investments losses in the current year period also reflect the reversal of previously accrued carried interest.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees

 

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $517 million in the current quarter and $1,043 million in the current year period were relatively unchanged from the comparable periods, as asset class balances and fee rates remained stable.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $465 million in the current quarter and $898 million in the current year period decreased 12% and 11% from the comparable periods primarily due to lower Compensation and benefit expenses.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to the decrease in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and the decrease in discretionary incentive compensation driven by lower revenues.

Assets Under Management or Supervision

Effective in the second quarter of 2016, the presentation of assets under management or supervision (“AUM”) for Investment Management has been revised to better align asset classes with its present organizational structure. With this change, the Alternative / Other products asset class now includes products in fund of funds, real estate, private equity and credit strategies, as well as multi-asset portfolios. All prior period information has been recast in the new format.

 

 

Assets Under Management or Supervision and Average Fee Rate by Asset Class

For a description of the rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management—Statistical Data” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

  At
March 31,
2016
  Inflows  Outflows  Distributions  Market
Impact
  Foreign
Currency
Impact
  At
  June 30,  
2016
  Average for the
  Three Months Ended  
June 30,

2016
 
         Total
AUM
  Fee
Rate
 
  (dollars in billions)  (in bps) 

Equity

 $81    $   $(6)   $—    $   $    —    $81    $81     74   

Fixed income

  62         (8)    —         —     —     61     61     32   

Liquidity

  146     291     (289)    —         —     149     146     19   

Alternative / Other products

  116         (10)    (1)        —     115     116     74   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total assets under management or supervision

 $        405    $    312    $    (313)   $        (1)   $   $—    $    406    $404     48   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Shares of minority stake assets

                  

 

LOGO 88  


Table of Contents
   At
March 31,
2015
   Inflows   Outflows   Distributions   Market
Impact
   Foreign
Currency
Impact
   At
June 30,
2015
   Average for the
Three Months Ended
June 30,

2015
 
                
                Total
AUM
   Fee
Rate
 
   (dollars in billions)   (in bps) 

Equity

  $98       $3       $(7)       $—        $    $—        $96       $98        71     

Fixed income

   65        6        (6)        —         (1)     —         64        65        33     

Liquidity

   131        306        (305)        —         —      —         132        131        9     

Alternative / Other products

   112        6        (5)        (2)        (1)     1        111        112        81     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management or supervision

  $406       $321       $(323)       $(2)       $—     $1       $403       $406        47     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

   7                  7        7       

 

   At
December 31,
2015
   Inflows   Outflows   Distributions   Market
Impact
   Foreign
Currency
Impact
   At
June 30,
2016
   Average for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,

2016
 
                
                Total
AUM
   Fee
Rate
 
   (dollars in billions)   (in bps) 

Equity

  $83         $10       $(12)       $—          $—        $—        $81       $80        73     

Fixed income

   60          12        (14)        —           2        1        61        60        32     

Liquidity

   149          627        (627)        —           —         —         149        148        18     

Alternative / Other products

   114          14        (14)        (1)          1        1        115        115        77     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management or supervision

  $406         $663       $(667)       $(1)         $3       $2       $406       $403        48     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

   8                    8        8       

 

   At
December 31,
2014
   Inflows   Outflows   Distributions   Market
Impact
   Foreign
Currency
Impact
   At
June 30,
2015
   Average for the
Six Months Ended
June 30,

2015
 
                
                Total
AUM
   Fee
Rate
 
   (dollars in billions)   (in bps) 

Equity

  $99       $7       $(14)       $—          $5       $(1)       $96       $99     70       

Fixed income

   65        12        (11)        —           —         (2)        64        65     32       

Liquidity

   128        589        (585)        —           —         —         132        129     9       

Alternative / Other products

   111        11        (10)        (2)          1        —         111        112     80       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management or supervision

  $403       $619       $(620)       $(2)         $6       $(3)       $403       $405     47       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

   7                  7     7    

 

bps—Basis points

 

 

 

  89 LOGO


Table of Contents

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

We provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans or lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include securities-based lending that

allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities and also include residential real estate loans. We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further penetration of the Wealth Management business segments’ client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Item 3. For further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information Excluding Transactions with Affiliated Entities

 

   At June 30, 2016     At December 31, 2015   
   (dollars in billions) 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries assets

  $175.1    $174.2  

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio(1)

   64.6     57.9  

Wealth Management U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data:

    

Securities-based lending and other loans(2)

  $31.4    $28.6  

Residential real estate loans

   22.7     20.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $54.1    $49.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional Securities U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data:

    

Corporate loans

  $21.2    $22.9  

Wholesale real estate loans

   8.9     8.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $                    30.1    $                    31.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio includes AFS investment securities of $54.2 billion at June 30, 2016 and $53.0 billion at December 31, 2015. The remaining balance represents held to maturity investment securities of $10.4 billion at June 30, 2016 and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2015.

(2)

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

 

Income Tax Matters

The effective tax rate from continuing operations was 33.5% and 33.4% for the current quarter and current year period, respectively.

The effective tax rate from continuing operations was 32.8% and 22.9% for the prior year quarter and prior year period, respectively. The results for prior year period included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify our legal entity organization in the U.K. Excluding this net discrete tax benefit, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the prior year period would have been 33.1%.

 

 

LOGO 90  


Table of Contents

Accounting Development Updates

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued the following accounting updates which apply to us.

The following accounting updates are not expected to have a material impact in the consolidated financial statements:

 

 

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2017.

 

 

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2017.

 

 

Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2017.

 

 

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2018. On January 1, 2016, we early adopted a specific provision of the accounting update (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1), with the remainder to be adopted on January 1, 2018.

The following accounting update will not have a material impact in the consolidated financial statements:

 

 

Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

 

 

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost such as loans held for investment and held to maturity debt securities. The amendments in this update will accelerate the recognition of credit losses by replacing the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology that requires an estimate of expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset. Additionally, although the CECL methodology will not apply to AFS debt securities, the update will require establishment of an allowance to reflect impairment of these securities, thereby eliminating the concept of a permanent write-down. This update is effective as of

  

January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted as of January 1, 2019.

 

 

Leases. This accounting update requires lessees to recognize all leases with terms exceeding one year on the balance sheet which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases which we currently classify as operating leases. The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged. This update is effective as of January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted.

 

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This accounting update aims to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, to develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards and to provide enhanced disclosures for users of the financial statements. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update is effective as of January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted as of January  1, 2017.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2015 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1), the fair value, goodwill and intangible assets, legal and regulatory contingencies and income taxes policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. For a further discussion about our critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

  91 LOGO


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. The Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our consolidated balance sheets, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Board’s Risk Committee.

The Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business unit needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet and capital usage.

Total Assets by Business Segment

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  

 

Institutional
Securities

  

 

Wealth
    Management    

  

 

Investment
    Management    

   Total 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 $        33,333    $      22,757    $            43     $        56,133   

Trading assets, at fair value

  252,857     1,175     2,762      256,794   

Investment securities

  15,495     64,649     —      80,144   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  93,310     4,279     —      97,589   

Securities borrowed

  130,812     469     —      131,281   

Customer and other receivables

  30,720     21,597     510      52,827   

Loans, net of allowance

  38,898     54,267     —      93,165   

Other assets(1)

  45,948     13,608     1,384      60,940   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

 $641,373    $182,801    $4,699     $828,873   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

At December 31, 2015

 
  

 

Institutional
Securities

  

 

Wealth
Management

  

 

Investment
Management

   Total 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

 $22,356    $31,216    $511     $54,083   

Trading assets, at fair value

  236,174     883     2,448      239,505   

Investment securities

  14,124     57,858          71,983   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  83,205     4,452     —      87,657   

Securities borrowed

  141,971     445     —      142,416   

Customer and other receivables

  23,390     21,406     611      45,407   

Loans, net of allowance

  36,237     49,522     —      85,759   

Other assets(1)

  45,257     13,926     1,472      60,655   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

 $602,714    $179,708    $5,043     $787,465   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other assets primarily includes Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements; Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

 

LOGO 92  


Table of Contents

A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides us with flexibility in managing the size of our balance sheet. Total assets increased to $829 billion at June 30, 2016 from $787 billion at December 31, 2015, due to increases in Trading assets, primarily U.S. government agency securities whose valuations increased as U.S. Treasury yields reached multiyear lows in the wake of the U.K. referendum. Other sovereign government obligations and over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts were also driven higher by interest rate and foreign exchange rate volatility which were also partly driven by the U.K. Referendum. See “U.K. Referendum” herein.

Securities Repurchase Agreements and Securities Lending

Securities borrowed or securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Collateralized Financing Transactions and Average Balances

 

  At June 30,
        2016        
  At December 31,
        2015        
 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

 $    228,870   $    230,073      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

 $67,569   $56,050      

 

  Average Balance
Three Months Ended
            June 30, 2016             
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

 $        240,086      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

 $        63,141      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed period-end balances at June 30, 2016 were lower than the average balance during the current quarter driven by a general decrease in requirements for collateral and a reduction in short positions. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balances at June 30, 2016 were higher than the average balance during the current quarter which is in line with the increase of inventory over the period. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balances at December 31, 2015 were lower than the average balance during 2015. The balances moved in line with client financing activity and with general

movements of inventory. Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions.

Other Securities Financing

The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes payables to our prime brokerage customers. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customers. Additionally, included within securities financing transactions were $10 billion and $11 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, related to fully collateralized securities-for-securities lending transactions represented in Trading assets.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.

The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

 

 

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

 

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

 

Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

 

 

Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve, which support our target liquidity profile. For a further discussion about our Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

  93 LOGO


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient liquidity reserves to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized

by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. For a further discussion of our Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment

 

      At June 30, 2016          At December 31, 2015     
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Cash deposits with banks

 $        11,812   $                10,187  

Cash deposits with central banks

  39,479    39,774  

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

  

U.S. government obligations

  80,560    72,265  

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

  44,635    37,678  

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

  17,394    28,999  

Other investment grade securities

  13,575    14,361  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

 $207,455   $203,264  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

Global Liquidity Reserve Managed by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities

 

      At June 30, 2016          At December 31, 2015      Daily Average Balance
Three Months Ended
            June 30, 2016            
 
     

 

(dollars in millions)

    

Bank legal entities:

   

Domestic

 $        85,504    $              88,432    $                86,901   

Foreign

  5,558     5,896     5,368   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

  91,062     94,328     92,269   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

   

Parent

  61,087     54,810     61,380   

Non-Parent

  17,673     20,001     17,932   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Domestic

  78,760     74,811     79,312   

Foreign

  37,633     34,125     38,204   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

  116,393     108,936     117,516   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $207,455    $203,264    $209,785   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

The LCR was developed to ensure banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

The final rule to implement the LCR in the U.S. (“U.S. LCR”) applies to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and each is required to calculate its respective U.S. LCR on each business day. As of January 1, 2016, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to maintain a minimum U.S. LCR of 90%, and this minimum standard will reach the fully phased-in level of 100% beginning on January 1, 2017. In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) has proposed rules that would require large banking organizations, including us, to publicly disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about their U.S. LCR beginning in the third quarter of 2016. We are compliant with the minimum required U.S. LCR based on current interpretation and we

 

 

LOGO 94  


Table of Contents

continue to evaluate its impact on our liquidity and funding requirements.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress. The Basel Committee finalized the NSFR framework in 2014. In the second quarter of 2016, the U.S. banking regulators issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The proposal would require a covered company to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is calculated by applying standardized weightings to its equity and liabilities based on their expected stability, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding, which is calculated by applying standardized weightings to its assets, derivatives exposures, and certain other off-balance sheet exposures based on their liquidity characteristics. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from January 1, 2018. We are evaluating the potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to public comment and further rulemaking procedures.

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include our equity capital, long-term debt, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

For a discussion of our secured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Secured Financing” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the weighted average maturity of our secured financing against less liquid assets was greater than 120 days.

Unsecured Financing

For a discussion of our unsecured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K. When appropriate, we may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to our interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Deposits

Available funding sources to our bank subsidiaries include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are sourced from our retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 deposits were $152,693 million and $156,034 million, respectively (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Short-Term Borrowings

Our unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of bank loans, bank notes, commercial paper and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had approximately $880 million and $2,173 million, respectively, in Short-term borrowings.

Long-Term Borrowings

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

We may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that we believe are in our best interests and our investors.

 

 

  95 LOGO


Table of Contents

Long-term Borrowings by Maturity Profile

 

  Parent Subsidiaries Total
  (dollars in millions)

Due in 2016

  $6,807    $3,442    $10,249  

Due in 2017

   22,232     1,322     23,554  

Due in 2018

   18,161     1,126     19,287  

Due in 2019

   20,534     896     21,430  

Due in 2020

   16,326     911     17,237  

Thereafter

   67,752     3,983     71,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $  151,812    $    11,680    $  163,492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For further information on Long-term borrowings, see Notes 10 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by, among other things, our credit ratings. In addition, our credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies consider company-specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macroeconomic environment; and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

As of December 2, 2015, our credit ratings no longer incorporate uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of the U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Meanwhile, some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from non-governmental third-party sources of potential support.

Parent and MSBNA’s Senior Unsecured Ratings at July 29, 2016

 

                                                      
  Parent
  Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

 R-1 (middle) A (high) Stable

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 P-2 A3 Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

 a-1 A- Stable

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

 A-2 BBB+ Stable
                                                      
  Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
  Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

   

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A+ Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 P-1 A1 Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

   

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

 A-1 A Positive
Watch

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract andcan be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s or S&P ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade

 

   At June 30,
2016
  At December 31,
2015
   (dollars in millions)

One-notch downgrade

   $  1,118    $       1,169 

Two-notch downgrade

    1,330     1,465 

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

 

 

LOGO 96  


Table of Contents

Capital Management

Senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. We actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses. We attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of our operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

We repurchased approximately $625 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our share repurchase program during the current quarter and $1,250 million during the current year period. We repurchased approximately $625 million during the prior year quarter and $875 million in the prior year period (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Pursuant to the share repurchase program, we consider, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under our program will be exercised from time to time at prices we deem appropriate subject to various factors, including our capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases are subject to regulatory approval (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5 of the 2015 Form 10-K).

In June 2016, we received a conditional non-objection from the Federal Reserve to our 2016 capital plan. The capital

plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.5 billion of our outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.20 per share from $0.15 per share during the period beginning with the dividend declared on July 20, 2016 (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1). The Federal Reserve Board also asked us to submit an additional capital plan by December 29, 2016 addressing weaknesses identified in our capital planning process.

The Board determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. On July 20, 2016, we announced that the Board declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.20. The dividend is payable on August 15, 2016 to common shareholders of record on July 29, 2016 (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

On June 15, 2016, we announced that the Board declared a quarterly dividend for preferred stock shareholders of record on June 30, 2016 that was paid on July 15, 2016.

Trust Preferred Securities

On July 19, 2016, we announced that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V will redeem all of their issued and outstanding Capital Securities on August 18, 2016, and that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII will redeem all of its issued and outstanding Capital Securities on August 3, 2016, pursuant to the optional redemption provisions provided in the respective governing documents. In the aggregate, $2.8 billion will be redeemed. We will concurrently redeem the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

 

 

  97 LOGO


Table of Contents

Tangible Equity

Tangible Equity Measures—Period End and Average

 

                                                                                                               
  

 

Balance at

  Monthly Average
Balance
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2016
 
  June 30, 2016  December 31, 2015  
  (dollars in millions) 

Common equity

 $69,596    $67,662    $68,951   

Preferred equity

  7,520     7,520     7,520   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  77,116     75,182     76,471   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

  2,853     2,870     2,851   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,411)    (9,564)    (9,451)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity(1)

 $70,558    $68,488    $69,871   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common equity

 $69,596    $67,662    $68,951   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,411)    (9,564)    (9,451)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(1)

 $60,185    $58,098    $59,500   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity are non-GAAP financial measures that we and investors consider to be a useful measure to assess capital adequacy.

Regulatory Requirements

 

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).

The Basel Committee has finalized revisions to the Basel III framework that, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, could result in substantial changes to our capital requirements. In particular, the Basel Committee has finalized a new standardized approach methodology for calculating counterparty credit risk exposures in derivatives transactions, and revised frameworks for market risk, interest rate risk in the banking book, and securitization capital requirements. In addition, the Basel Committee has proposed revisions to various regulatory capital standards, the impact of which is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) and transition

provisions follows. For a further discussion of these calculations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Implementation of U.S. Basel III” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Regulatory Capital.    Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital. Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as deductions for goodwill, intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in other comprehensive income and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are also subject to transitional provisions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019, we will be subject to:

 

 

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

 

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 global systemically important bank (“G-SIB”) capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

 

 

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer, currently set by banking regulators at zero (collectively, the “buffers”).

In 2016, the phase-in amount for each of the buffers is 25% of the fully phased-in buffer requirement. Failure to maintain the buffers will result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of

 

 

LOGO 98  


Table of Contents

dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—G-SIB Capital Surcharge” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Risk-Weighted Assets.    RWAs reflect both our on- and off-balance sheet risk as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

 

 

Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligation to us;

 

 

Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rate, indices, implied volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

 

 

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal

  

and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

Our binding risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (the “Advanced Approach”). At June 30, 2016, our binding ratios are based on the Advanced Approach transitional rules.

The methods for calculating each of our risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of the capital rules are phased in. These changes may result in differences in our reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to our capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

 

Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios: Transitional Provisions

 

LOGO

 

(1)

These ratios assume the requirements for the G-SIB capital surcharge (3.0%) and countercyclical capital buffer (zero) remain at current levels.

 

  99 LOGO


Table of Contents

Transitional and Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

  At June 30, 2016 
  Transitional  Fully Phased-In 
    Standardized        Advanced        Standardized        Advanced     
  (dollars in millions) 

Risk-based capital:

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $          59,796    $          59,796    $          57,556    $          57,556   

Tier 1 capital

  66,782     66,782     65,274     65,274   

Total capital

  80,142     79,830     76,982     76,670   

Total RWAs

  342,504     355,982     352,692     366,781   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  17.5%    16.8%    16.3%    15.7%  

Tier 1 capital ratio

  19.5%    18.8%    18.5%    17.8%  

Total capital ratio

  23.4%    22.4%    21.8%    20.9%  

Leverage-based capital:

    

Adjusted average assets(1)

  804,511     N/A    803,377     N/A  

Tier 1 leverage ratio(2)

  8.3%    N/A    8.1%    N/A  
  At December 31, 2015 
  Transitional  Fully Phased-In 
  Standardized  Advanced  Standardized  Advanced 
  (dollars in millions) 

Risk-based capital:

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $59,409    $59,409    $55,441    $55,441   

Tier 1 capital

  66,722     66,722     63,000     63,000   

Total capital

  79,663     79,403     73,858     73,598   

Total RWAs

  362,920     384,162     373,421     395,277   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  16.4%    15.5%    14.8%    14.0%  

Tier 1 capital ratio

  18.4%    17.4%    16.9%    15.9%  

Total capital ratio

  22.0%    20.7%    19.8%    18.6%  

Leverage-based capital:

    

Adjusted average assets(1)

  803,574     N/A    801,346     N/A  

Tier 1 leverage ratio(2)

  8.3%    N/A    7.9%    N/A  

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1)

Adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

(2)

The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement is 4.0%.

 

The fully phased-in basis pro forma estimates in the previous tables are based on our current understanding of the capital rules and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from the Federal Reserve and as the interpretation of the regulation evolves over time. These fully phased-in pro forma estimates are non-GAAP financial measures that we consider to be useful measures for us, investors and analysts in evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that were not yet effective at June 30, 2016. These preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what our capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Well-Capitalized Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios for U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

 

    At June 30, 2016   

Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

  6.5%  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

  8.0%  

Total risk-based capital ratio

  10.0%  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

  5.0%  

For us to remain a financial holding company, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must qualify as well-capitalized by maintaining the minimum ratio requirements set forth in the previous table. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards required for us under the capital rules. Assuming that the Federal Reserve would apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of our

 

 

LOGO 100  


Table of Contents

risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio at June 30, 2016 would have exceeded the revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require us

to maintain risk- and leverage-based capital ratios

substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

 

 

Regulatory Capital Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

 

                                                                          
  At June 30, 2016     At December 31, 2015   
  (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

   

Common stock and surplus

 $19,091     $20,114   

Retained earnings

  51,410      49,204   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  (905)     (1,656)  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Net goodwill

  (6,582)     (6,582)  

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (1,698)     (1,192)  

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  (428)     (202)  

Net deferred tax assets

  (888)     (675)  

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustments(1)

  (20)     156   

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

  61      411   

Other adjustments and deductions

  (245)     (169)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $59,796     $59,409  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

   

Preferred stock

 $7,520     $7,520   

Trust preferred securities

  —      702   

Noncontrolling interests

  653      678   

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Net deferred tax assets

  (592)     (1,012)  

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  (286)     (303)  

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustments(1)

  (13)     233   

Other adjustments and deductions

  (156)     (253)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 $7,126     $7,565   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deduction for investments in covered funds

  (140)     (252)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

 $66,782     $66,722   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

   

Subordinated debt

 $11,120     $10,404   

Trust preferred securities

  1,675      2,106   

Other qualifying amounts

  58      35   

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

  195      136   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

 $13,048     $12,681   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

 $79,830     $79,403   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In connection with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, related to DVA, the aggregate balance of net after-tax valuation adjustments was reduced by $77 million as of January 1, 2016.

 

  101 LOGO


Table of Contents

Roll-forward of Regulatory Capital Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

 

  Six Months Ended

 

        June 30, 2016        

 
  (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

 $59,409   

Change related to the following items:

 

Value of shareholders’ common equity

  1,934   

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (506)  

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  (226)  

Net deferred tax assets

  (213)  

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustments(1)

  (176)  

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

  (350)  

Other deductions and adjustments

  (76)  
 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2016

 $59,796   
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

 $7,565   

Change related to the following items:

 

Trust preferred securities

  (702)  

Noncontrolling interests

  (25)  

Net deferred tax assets

  420   

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  17   

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustments(1)

  (246)  

Other adjustments and deductions

  97   
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2016

  7,126   
 

 

 

 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 2015

  (252)  

Deduction for investments in covered funds

  112   
 

 

 

 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at June 30, 2016

  (140)  
 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2016

 $66,782   
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2015

 $12,681   

Change related to the following items:

 

Subordinated debt

  716   

Trust preferred securities

  (431)  

Noncontrolling interests

  23   

Other adjustments and deductions

  59   
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital at June 30, 2016

 $13,048   
 

 

 

 

Total capital at June 30, 2016

 $79,830   
 

 

 

 

 

(1)

In connection with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting update Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, related to DVA, the aggregate balance of net after-tax valuation adjustments was reduced by $77 million as of January 1, 2016.

 

LOGO 102  


Table of Contents

Roll-forward of RWAs Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

 

  Six Months Ended

 

      June 30, 2016(1)      

 
  (dollars in millions) 

Credit risk RWAs:

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $173,586   

Change related to the following items:

 

Derivatives

  1,624   

Securities financing transactions

  1,239   

Other counterparty credit risk

  79   

Securitizations

  (3,246)  

Credit valuation adjustment

  3,256   

Investment securities

  1,179   

Loans

  (7,943)  

Cash

  1,148   

Equity investments

  (1,201)  

Other credit risk(2)

  (1,366)  
 

 

 

 

Total change in credit risk RWAs

 $(5,231)  
 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

 $168,355   
 

 

 

 

Market risk RWAs:

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $71,476   

Change related to the following items:

 

Regulatory VaR

  (1,107)  

Regulatory stressed VaR

  (5,436)  

Incremental risk charge

  (64)  

Comprehensive risk measure

  (1,396)  

Specific risk:

 

Non-securitizations

  (577)  

Securitizations

  (3,308)  
 

 

 

 

Total change in market risk RWAs

 $(11,888)  
 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

 $59,588  
 

 

 

 

Operational risk RWAs:

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $139,100   

Change in operational risk RWAs(3)

  (11,061)  
 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

 $128,039   
 

 

 

 

Total RWAs

 $355,982   
 

 

 

 

 

VaR—Value-at-Risk

(1)

The RWAs for each category in the table reflect both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

(2)

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions.

(3)

Amount reflects a reduction in the internal loss data related to litigation utilized in the operational risk capital model.

 

  103 LOGO


Table of Contents

Supplementary Leverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to publicly disclose our supplementary leverage ratios, which will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. By January 1, 2018, we must also maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of at least 2% in addition to the 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (for a total of at least 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In addition, beginning in 2018, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% to be considered well-capitalized.

Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Exposure and Ratio on a Transitional Basis

 

    At June 30, 
2016
    At December 31, 
2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total assets

  $828,873      $          787,465   

Average total assets(1)

  $814,816      $          813,715   

Adjustments(2)(3)

   252,291      284,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma supplementary leverage exposure

  $1,067,107      $      1,097,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma supplementary leverage ratio

   6.3%     6.1%  

____________

 

(1)

Computed as the average daily balance of consolidated total assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter.

(2)

Computed as the arithmetic mean of the month-end balances over the calendar quarter.

(3)

Adjustments are to: (i) incorporate derivative exposures, including adding the related potential future exposure (including for derivatives cleared for clients), grossing up cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and adding the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) reflect the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; (iii) add the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures; and (iv) apply other adjustments to Tier 1 capital, including disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

Based on our current understanding of the rules and other factors, we estimate our pro forma fully phased-in supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 6.1% and 5.8% at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. This estimate utilizes a fully phased-in Tier 1 capital numerator and a fully phased-in denominator of approximately $1,066.0 billion and $1,095.6 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which takes into consideration the Tier 1 capital deductions that would be applicable in 2018 after the phase-in period has ended.

U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Ratios on a Transitional Basis

 

    At June 30, 2016     At December 31, 2015  

MSBNA

   8.0%     7.3%  

MSPBNA

   11.0%     10.3%  

The pro forma supplementary leverage exposures and pro forma supplementary leverage ratios, both on transitional and fully phased-in bases, are non-GAAP financial measures that we consider to be useful measures for us, investors and analysts in evaluating prospective compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. Our estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, these expectations should not be taken as projections of what our supplementary leverage ratios, earnings, assets or exposures will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements

The Federal Reserve has proposed a rule for top-tier bank holding companies of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent, that establishes external total loss-absorbing capacity (“TLAC”) and long-term debt (“LTD”) requirements. The proposal contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be unsecured, have a remaining maturity of one year or more, and not have derivative-linked features, such as structured notes. The proposal would also impose restrictions on certain liabilities that covered BHCs may incur or have outstanding, including structured notes, as well as require all U.S. banking organizations supervised by the Federal Reserve with assets of at least $1 billion to make certain deductions from capital for their investments in unsecured debt issued by covered BHCs. For a further discussion of TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K. For discussions about the implication of the single point of entry (“SPOE”) resolution strategy and the TLAC proposal, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework.

On April 5, 2016, we submitted our 2016 CCAR capital plan, and summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act and CCAR supervisory stress tests were published by the Federal Reserve in June. We exceeded all stressed capital ratio minimum requirements in the Federal Reserve severely adverse scenario, and our quantitative capital results improved from our prior year submission. In June

 

 

LOGO 104  


Table of Contents

2016, we received a conditional non-objection from the Federal Reserve to our 2016 capital plan (see “Capital Management” herein). As required, we disclosed a summary of the result of our company-run stress tests on June 23, 2016. The Federal Reserve Board also asked us to submit an additional capital plan by December 29, 2016 addressing weaknesses identified in our capital planning process. Future capital distributions may be restricted if these identified weaknesses are not satisfactorily addressed when the Federal Reserve reviews our resubmitted capital plan. Pursuant to the conditional non-objection, we are able to execute the capital actions set forth in our 2016 capital plan, which include increasing our common stock dividend to $0.20 per share beginning in the third quarter of 2016 and executing share repurchases of $3.5 billion during the period July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. In addition, we must submit the results of our mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2016 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2016 and November 4, 2016.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2016 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2016 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 23, 2016.

For a further discussion of our capital plans and stress tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Attribution of Average Common Equity according to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by

the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed for each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent equity. We generally hold Parent equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Effective January 1, 2016, the common equity estimation and attribution to the business segments are based on our fully phased-in regulatory capital, including supplementary leverage and stress losses (which results in more capital being attributed to the business segments), whereas prior periods were attributed based on transitional regulatory capital provisions. Also, beginning in 2016, the amount of capital allocated to the business segments will be set at the beginning of each year, and will remain fixed throughout the year, until the next annual reset. Differences between available and Required Capital will be reflected in Parent equity during the year. Periods prior to 2016 have not been recast under the new methodology.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

 

 

Average Common Equity by Business Segment and Parent Equity

 

  Three Months Ended(1)
June 30,
  Six Months Ended(1)
June 30,
 
                   2016                                     2015                                     2016                                     2015                   
  (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

 $43.2   $35.3   $43.2   $36.1  

Wealth Management

  15.3    11.3    15.3    10.9  

Investment Management

  2.8    2.3    2.8    2.3  

Parent

  7.7    18.3    7.3    17.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $69.0   $67.2   $68.6   $66.3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts are calculated on a monthly basis. Average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that we consider to be a useful measure for us, investors and analysts to assess capital adequacy.

 

  105 LOGO


Table of Contents

Regulatory Developments

 

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2015 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. On April 12, 2016, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC notified us of certain shortcomings in our 2015 resolution plan. The Federal Reserve, but not the FDIC, viewed one of the shortcomings as a deficiency, and there was not a joint determination that our 2015 resolution plan was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. We are required to respond with a status report on our actions to address the shortcomings and a public section that explains those actions by October 1, 2016. Our next full resolution plan submission will be on July 1, 2017. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were, at a later time, to jointly determine that our 2017 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies at that later time, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subjected to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities, or operations, or, after a two-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.

In May 2016, the Federal Reserve proposed a rule that would impose contractual requirements on certain “qualified financial contracts” (“covered QFCs”) to which U.S. G-SIBs, including us, and their subsidiaries (“covered entities”) are parties. While national banks and savings associations are not “covered entities” under the proposed rule, the OCC is expected to propose a rule that would subject national banks, including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to substantively identical requirements. Under the proposal, covered QFCs must expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against a covered entity are limited to the same extent as provided under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. In addition, covered QFCs may not permit the exercise of cross-default rights against a covered entity based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would take effect at the start of the first calendar quarter that begins at least one year after the final rule is issued. We are evaluating the potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to public comment and further rulemaking procedures.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Single-Counterparty Credit Limits

In March 2016, the Federal Reserve re-proposed rules that would establish single-counterparty credit limits for large banking organizations (“covered companies”), with more stringent limits for the largest covered companies. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, would be subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined as other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve) and to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We are evaluating the potential impact of the proposed rules.

Compensation Practices

In the second quarter of 2016, the federal regulatory agencies required under the Dodd-Frank Act to issue regulations relating to the compensation practices of covered financial institutions, including us, re-proposed rules that if implemented would require, among other things, the deferral of a percentage of certain incentive-based compensation for senior executives and certain other employees and, under certain circumstances, “clawback” of incentive-based compensation. We are evaluating the proposal, which is subject to public comment and further rulemaking procedures.

Legacy Covered Funds under the Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities, such as us, with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions. The Federal Reserve has extended the conformance period until July 21, 2017 for investments in, and relationships with, covered funds that were in place before December 31, 2013, referred to as “legacy covered funds.” On July 7, 2016, the Federal Reserve stated that it will continue to consider whether to take action regarding the additional extended five-year transition period for certain legacy covered funds that are also illiquid funds and that it expects to provide more information in the near term as to how it will address applications by banking entities seeking the statutory extension for this limited category of legacy covered funds. We currently have investments in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds that are illiquid. We expect to be able to divest or conform many of our legacy covered fund investments and relationships by July 2017, but, for certain illiquid funds, we expect to request further conformance extensions.

Proposed U.S. Department of the Treasury Regulations

On April 4, 2016, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations under Section 385 of the U.S. tax code addressing, among other things, the treatment of certain related-party indebtedness as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The proposed regulations are

 

 

LOGO 106  


Table of Contents

subject to change, and may or may not be issued as final in their current form. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would generally be effective for financial instruments issued after April 4, 2016. We are currently evaluating the potential adverse impact on our future effective tax rate of the proposed regulations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated special purpose entities (“SPEs”) and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 3.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates

For a discussion of the effects of inflation and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates on our business and financial results and strategies to mitigate potential exposures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2015 Form 10-K.

U.K. Referendum

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. electorate voted to leave the European Union (the “EU”). It is difficult to predict the future of the U.K.’s relationship with the EU, which uncertainty may increase the volatility in the global financial markets in the short- and medium-term. There are several alternative models of relationship that the U.K. might seek to negotiate with the EU, the timeframe for which is uncertain but could take two years or more. The regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions with significant operations in Europe, such as us, is expected to evolve and specific and meaningful information regarding the long-term consequences of the vote is expected to become clearer over time. We will continue to evaluate various courses of action in the context of the development of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU and the referendum’s potential impact on our operations. For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure” in Part I, Item 3.

 

 

  107 LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Risk Management

 

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. For a discussion of our risk management functions, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur trading-related market risk within the Wealth Management business segment. The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments incur non-trading interest rate risk primarily from lending and deposit taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from investments in private equity and real estate funds. For a further discussion of market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

VaR

We use the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    For information regarding our VaR methodology, assumptions and limitations, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk—Sales and Trading and Related Activities—VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes as well as for regulatory capital calculations as approved by our regulators.

The portfolio of positions used for our VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”). Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustments (“CVA”) and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio, on a period-end, quarterly average and quarterly high and low basis. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories.

 

 

Trading Risks

95%/One-Day Management VaR

 

  95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended June 30, 2016
  95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended March 31, 2016
 
Market Risk Category Period
End
  Average  High  Low  Period
End
  Average  High  Low 
  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

 $26     32     38     26    $35    $33    $39    $28   

Equity price

  20     17     43     13     16     18     26     14   

Foreign exchange rate

  10         12                 11       

Commodity price

      10     12         11     11     13     10   

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

  (32)    (28)    N/A    N/A    (30)    (27)    N/A    N/A  
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

Primary Risk Categories

 $        33             38             61             31    $        39    $        42    $        53    $        34   
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

Credit Portfolio

  22     20     23     18     19     16     20     12   

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

  (13)    (12)    N/A    N/A    (11)    (12)    N/A    N/A  
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Management VaR

 $42     46     68     39    $47    $46    $55    $39   
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1)

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

(2)

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

 

LOGO 108  


Table of Contents

The average Total Management VaR for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (“current quarter”) was $46 million, which was consistent with $46 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (“last quarter”).

The average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories for the current quarter was $38 million compared with $42 million for the last quarter. The decrease was driven by an overall reduction in risk exposures across the Sales and Trading businesses.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the Current Quarter.    One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model

would be questioned. We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the following histograms for the Total Trading populations.

Total Trading.    As shown in the 95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for the current quarter was $46 million. The following histogram presents the distribution of the daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for the current quarter, which was in a range between $40 million and $50 million for approximately 91% of trading days during the quarter.

 

 

LOGO

 

  109 LOGO


Table of Contents

The following histogram shows the distribution for the current quarter of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for our Trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest

income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During the current quarter, we experienced net trading losses on 3 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Total Management VaR.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Non-trading Risks

 

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis covering substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.

Counterparty Exposure Related to Our Own Credit Spread.    The credit spread risk sensitivity of the counterparty exposure related to our own credit spread corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $7 million for each 1 basis point widening in our credit spread level at both June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016.

Funding Liabilities.    The credit spread risk sensitivity of our mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $15 million and $13 million for each 1 basis point widening in our credit spread level at June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity.    The following table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity, including our deposit deployment strategy and asset-liability management hedges.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

 

    At June 30, 2016      At March 31, 2016   
  (dollars in millions) 

+200 basis points

 $(204)   $(202)  

+100 basis points

  (21)    (79)  

–100 basis points

  (532)    (534)  

At June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016, large instantaneous interest rates shocks had a negative impact to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ projected net interest income over the following 12 months due to composition of the banks’ assets as well as expected deposit pricing behavior at higher levels of interest rates. We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios and does not assume any change in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates.

Investments.    We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated

 

 

LOGO 110  


Table of Contents

with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

 

  10% Sensitivity 
  At
June 30, 2016
  At
March 31, 2016
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Investments related to Investment Management activities

 $          375    $          362   

Other investments:

  

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

  175     159   

Other Firm investments

  162     169   

Equity Market Sensitivity.    In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We primarily incur credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 7 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about our loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Lending Activities

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. In the consolidated balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the consolidated balance sheets. See Notes 3, 7 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

 

 

  111 LOGO


Table of Contents

Loan and Lending Commitment Portfolio by Business Segment

 

                                                                              
  At June 30, 2016 
  Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

 $15,938     $8,248     $24,186   

Consumer loans

  —      23,337      23,337   

Residential real estate loans

  —      22,668      22,668   

Wholesale real estate loans

  7,415      —      7,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  23,353      54,253      77,606   

Allowance for loan losses

  (291)     (32)     (323)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  23,062      54,221      77,283   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

  14,447      —      14,447   

Consumer loans

  —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

  38      46      84   

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,351      —      1,351   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

  15,836      46      15,882   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

  7,114      —      7,114   

Residential real estate loans

  1,721      —      1,721   

Wholesale real estate loans

  462      —      462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

  9,297      —      9,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(1)

  48,195      54,267      102,462   

Lending commitments(2)(3)

  88,057      7,003      95,060   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments(2)(3)

 $      136,252     $      61,270     $      197,522   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                                                              
  At December 31, 2015 
  Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

 $16,452     $7,102     $23,554   

Consumer loans

  —      21,528      21,528   

Residential real estate loans

  —      20,863      20,863   

Wholesale real estate loans

  6,839      —      6,839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  23,291      49,493      72,784   

Allowance for loan losses

  (195)     (30)     (225)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  23,096      49,463      72,559   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

  11,924      —      11,924   

Residential real estate loans

  45      59      104   

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,172      —      1,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

  13,141      59      13,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

  7,286      —      7,286   

Residential real estate loans

  1,885      —      1,885   

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,447      —      1,447   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

  10,618      —      10,618   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(1)

  46,855      49,522      96,377   

Lending commitments(2)(3)

  95,572      5,821      101,393   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments(2)(3)

 $      142,427     $        55,343     $      197,770   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts exclude $23.2 billion and $25.3 billion related to margin loans and $4.9 billion related to employee loans at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Notes 6 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

(2)

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

(3)

For syndications led by us, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead, syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

 

LOGO 112  


Table of Contents

Our credit exposure from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the allowance for loan losses related to loans that were accounted for as held for investment was $323 million and $225 million, respectively, and the allowance for commitment losses related to lending commitments that were accounted for as held for investment was $187 million and $185 million, respectively. The aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses increased over the six months ended June 30, 2016 primarily due to specific reserves on exposures to counterparties in the energy sector and other select downgrades. See “Institutional Securities Lending Exposure Related to the Energy Industry” herein and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

Institutional Securities Lending Activities. In connection with certain of our Institutional Securities business segment activities, we provide loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include corporate lending, commercial and

residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.

Institutional Securities loans and lending commitments are mainly related to relationship-based and event-driven lending to select corporate clients. Relationship-based loans and lending commitments are used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes by our Investment Banking clients and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In connection with the relationship-based lending activities, we had hedges (which included single-name, sector and index hedges) with a notional amount of $18.4 billion and $12.0 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization and project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

 

 

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Credit Rating(1)

 

                                                                                                    
  At June 30, 2016 
  Years to Maturity     
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $263     $—     $50     $—     $313   

AA

  3,478      758      4,375      —      8,611   

A

  2,169      6,517      10,610      1,104      20,400   

BBB

  11,094      15,909      23,997      844      51,844   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment grade

  17,004      23,184      39,032      1,948      81,168   

Non-investment grade

  8,040      17,529      18,520      7,134      51,223   

Unrated(2)

  933      591      94      2,243      3,861   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $    25,977     $    41,304     $    57,646     $    11,325     $  136,252   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  113 LOGO


Table of Contents
                                                                                                    
  At December 31, 2015 
  Years to Maturity     
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $287     $24     $50     $—     $361   

AA

  5,022      2,553      3,735      63      11,373   

A

  3,996      5,726      11,993      1,222      22,937   

BBB

  5,089      16,720      23,248      4,086      49,143   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment grade

  14,394      25,023      39,026      5,371      83,814   

Non-investment grade

  7,768      15,863      22,818      7,779      54,228   

Unrated(2)

  930      1,091      246      2,118      4,385   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $    23,092     $    41,977     $    62,090     $    15,268     $  142,427   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.

(2)

Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of Market Risk. For a further discussion of our Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

At both June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $15.8 billion, respectively, the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $28.7 billion and $26.9 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of unrated loans was $3.7 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively.

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

 

                                                
  At June 30,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 
  (dollars in billions) 

Event-driven loans

 $9.6     $5.4   

Event-driven lending
commitments

  13.1      17.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $22.7     $23.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Event-driven loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers

 $13.0     $13.5   

Maturity Profile of Event-driven Loans and Lending Commitments

 

   At June 30,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Less than 1 year

   36%     24%  

1-3 years

   20%     21%  

3-5 years

   17%     24%  

Over 5 years

   27%     31%  

At June 30, 2016, approximately 98% of the Institutional Securities business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 2% were on nonaccrual status, and at December 31, 2015, approximately 99% of the Institutional Securities business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 1% were on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

 

 

LOGO 114  


Table of Contents

Institutional Securities Credit Exposure from Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

 

                                            

Industry(1)

 At June 30,

 

2016

   At December 31,

 

2015

 
  

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Real estate

 $17,524     $17,847   

Healthcare

  16,891      12,677   

Energy

  13,512      15,921   

Consumer discretionary

  13,128      12,098   

Utilities

  12,646      12,631   

Industrials

  10,349      10,018   

Information technology

  8,269      11,122   

Consumer staples

  8,053      8,597   

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

  8,052      11,649   

Materials

  6,698      6,440   

Mortgage finance

  6,399      8,260   

Telecommunications services

  4,245      4,403   

Insurance

  3,793      4,682   

Consumer finance

  2,768      977   

Special purpose vehicles

  1,914      3,482   

Other

  2,011      1,623   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $        136,252     $142,427   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Industry categories are based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

(2)

Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

 

Institutional Securities Lending Exposures Related to the Energy Industry. At June 30, 2016, Institutional Securities’ loans and lending commitments related to the energy industry were $13.5 billion, of which approximately 64% are accounted for as held for investment and 36% are accounted for as either held for sale or at fair value. Additionally, approximately 59% of the total energy industry loans and lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. At June 30, 2016, the energy industry portfolio included $1.7 billion in loans and $1.9 billion in lending commitments to Oil and Gas Exploration and Production (“E&P”) companies. The E&P lending commitments were primarily to investment grade counterparties. The E&P loans were substantially all to non-investment grade counterparties, which are generally subject to periodic borrowing base reassessments based on the value of the underlying oil and gas reserves pledged as collateral. In limited situations, we may extend the period related to borrowing base reassessments typically in conjunction with taking certain risk mitigating actions with the borrower. Over the six months ended June 30, 2016, we increased the allowance for loan and commitment losses on held for investment energy exposures and incurred mark-to-market losses on fair value energy loans. See “Credit Risk—Lending Activities” herein for further information. To the extent commodities prices, or oil prices, remain at quarter-

end levels, or deteriorate further, we may incur additional lending losses.

At December 31, 2015, Institutional Securities’ loans and lending commitments related to the energy industry were $15.9 billion. Approximately 60% of these energy industry loans and lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. At December 31, 2015, the energy industry portfolio included $1.7 billion in loans and $2.7 billion in lending commitments to E&P companies. The E&P loans were substantially all to non-investment grade counterparties which are subject to semi-annual borrowing base reassessments based on the value of the underlying oil and gas reserves pledged as collateral. The E&P lending commitments were primarily to investment grade counterparties.

Institutional Securities Margin Lending. In addition to the activities noted above, Institutional Securities provides margin lending, which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the amounts related to margin lending were $8.7 billion and $10.6 billion, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

  115 LOGO


Table of Contents

Wealth Management Lending Activities. The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending provided to our retail clients is primarily conducted through our Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) platforms which had an outstanding loan balance of $27.1 billion and $24.9 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. For more information about our securities-based lending and residential real estate loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

For the current quarter, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 5.3%, mainly due to growth in LAL and residential real estate loans.

Wealth Management Lending Activities by Remaining Contractual Maturity

 

                                                                                                    
  At June 30, 2016 
  Years to Maturity     
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $28,177     $1,474     $1,051     $869     $31,571   

Residential real estate loans

  —      —      48      22,648      22,696   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $28,177     $1,474     $1,099     $23,517     $54,267   

Lending commitments

  5,539      823      376      265      7,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $     33,716     $     2,297     $     1,475     $     23,782     $     61,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                    
  At December 31, 2015 
  Years to Maturity     
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $25,975     $1,004     $889     $749     $28,617   

Residential real estate loans

  —      —      35      20,870      20,905   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $25,975     $1,004     $924     $21,619     $49,522   

Lending commitments

  5,143      286      115      277      5,821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $     31,118     $     1,290     $     1,039     $     21,896     $     55,343   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, approximately 99.9% of the Wealth Management business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 0.1% were on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

The Wealth Management business segment also provides margin lending to clients and had an outstanding balance of $14.5 billion and $14.7 billion at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables within the consolidated balance sheets.

In addition, the Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with programs established by us to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 1 to 12 years. We establish an allowance for loan amounts we do not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

 

 

LOGO 116  


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure—Derivatives

We incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with our OTC derivative activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default. We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on our OTC derivative products, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1. For a discussion of our credit exposure to derivative contracts, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Credit Exposure—Derivatives” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Credit Derivative Portfolio by Counterparty Type

The fair values shown herein are before the application of contractual netting or collateral. For additional credit exposure information on our credit derivative portfolio, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

   At June 30, 2016 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Protection
Purchased
   Protection
Sold
 
   

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Banks and securities firms

  $11,974     $12,705     $(731)     $435,374     $388,776   

Insurance and other financial institutions

   4,424      5,013      (589)      165,290      175,372   

Non-financial entities

   63      103      (40)      5,196      3,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $    16,461     $    17,821     $    (1,360)     $    605,860     $    567,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2015 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Protection
Purchased
   Protection Sold 
   

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Banks and securities firms

  $16,962     $17,295     $(333)     $533,557     $491,267   

Insurance and other financial institutions

   5,842      6,247      (405)      189,439      194,723   

Non-financial entities

   115      123      (8)      5,932      3,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $    22,919     $    23,665     $    (746)     $    728,928     $    689,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Our CDS are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 2% and 3% of receivable fair values and 8% and 6% of payable fair values represented Level 3 amounts at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

  117 LOGO


Table of Contents

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

 

                                                                          
Industry(1)  At June 30,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Utilities

  $4,315     $3,428   

Banks and securities firms

   4,266      1,672   

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

   2,869      2,029   

Industrials

   1,929      2,304   

Regional governments

   1,568      1,163   

Healthcare

   1,400      1,041   

Sovereign governments

   1,017      524   

Not-for-profit organizations

   979      794   

Special purpose vehicles

   958      718   

Consumer discretionary

   646      725   

Insurance

   534      380   

Energy

   529      396   

Consumer staples

   473      506   

Materials

   446      473   

Information technology

   380      294   

Other

   351      177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

  $22,660     $16,624   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Industry categories are based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

(2)

Amounts include mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

(3)

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

Other

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. We participate in securitization activities whereby we extend short-term or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate loans, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information about our securitization activities. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management

framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed. For a further discussion of our country risk exposure see, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Country Risk Exposure” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows our 10 largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at June 30, 2016. Index credit derivatives are included in the country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

 

 

LOGO 118  


Table of Contents

Top Ten Country Exposures at June 30, 2016

 

                                                                                                                                                                        

Country

 Net Inventory(1)  Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
  Loans  Lending
Commitments
  Exposure Before
Hedges
  Hedges(4)  Net Exposure(5) 
  (dollars in millions) 

United Kingdom:

       

Sovereigns

 $(200)   $22    $—    $—    $(178)   $(163)   $(341)  

Non-sovereigns

  580     10,381     2,684     5,786     19,431     (2,026)    17,405   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $380    $10,403    $2,684    $5,786    $19,253    $(2,189)   $17,064   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Brazil:

       

Sovereigns

 $4,848    $—    $—    $—    $4,848    $(11)   $4,837   

Non-sovereigns

  24     307     1,123     33     1,487     (863)    624   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $4,872    $307    $1,123    $33    $6,335    $(874)   $5,461   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Germany:

       

Sovereigns

 $1,254    $770    $—    $—    $2,024    $(1,239)   $785   

Non-sovereigns

  399     2,005     308     3,467     6,179     (1,795)    4,384   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,653    $2,775    $308    $3,467    $8,203    $(3,034)   $5,169   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Japan:

       

Sovereigns

 $1,967    $154    $—    $—    $2,121    $(82)   $2,039   

Non-sovereigns

  452     2,480     231     —     3,163     (153)    3,010   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $2,419    $2,634    $231    $—    $5,284    $(235)   $5,049   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Italy:

       

Sovereigns

 $1,457    $19    $—    $—    $1,476    $44    $1,520   

Non-sovereigns

  361     575     11     914     1,861     (254)    1,607   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,818    $594    $11    $914    $3,337    $(210)   $3,127   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Singapore:

       

Sovereigns

 $1,873    $165    $—    $—    $2,038    $—    $2,038   

Non-sovereigns

  19     200     42     30     291     —     291   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,892    $365    $42    $30    $2,329    $—    $2,329   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Canada:

       

Sovereigns

 $26    $69    $—    $—    $95    $—    $95   

Non-sovereigns

  (51)    873     148     1,570     2,540     (341)    2,199   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $(25)   $942    $148    $1,570    $2,635    $(341)   $2,294   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

China:

       

Sovereigns

 $135    $230    $—    $—    $365    $(542)   $(177)  

Non-sovereigns

  880     276     990     275     2,421     (74)    2,347   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,015    $506    $990    $275    $2,786    $(616)   $2,170   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Netherlands:

       

Sovereigns

 $(87)   $—    $—    $—    $(87)   $(9)   $(96)  

Non-sovereigns

  391     747     385     1,065     2,588     (399)    2,189   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $304    $747    $385    $1,065    $2,501    $(408)   $2,093   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

United Arab Emirates:

       

Sovereigns

 $(21)   $1,491    $—    $—    $1,470    $(35)   $1,435   

Non-sovereigns

  (22)    328     47     83     436     (15)    421   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $(43)   $1,819    $47    $83    $1,906    $(50)   $1,856   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, we may transact in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At June 30, 2016, gross purchased protection, gross written protection, and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(99.4) billion, $98.0 billion and $(1.4) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.

 

  119 LOGO


Table of Contents
(2)

Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

(3)

At June 30, 2016, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $15.6 billion in the U.K., with 97% of collateral consisting of cash, government obligations of the U.K., U.S. and Italy, and $14.0 billion in Germany with 99% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of France, Belgium and Germany. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the other countries totaled approximately $12.9 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash and government obligations of Japan, the U.S. and Brazil. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.

(4)

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for us. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.

(5)

In addition, at June 30, 2016, we had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $11.9 billion.

 

Country Risk Exposure Related to the United Kingdom. At June 30, 2016, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $17,064 million (shown in the previous table) and overnight deposits of $4,774 million. The $17,405 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors. Of this exposure, $14,884 million is to investment grade counterparties, with the largest single component ($4,483 million) to exchanges and clearing houses.

Country Risk Exposure Related to Brazil.     At June 30, 2016, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $5,461 million (shown in the previous table). Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $624 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

Country Risk Exposure Related to China.At June 30, 2016, our country risk exposures in China included net exposures of $2,170 million (shown in the previous table) and overnight deposits with international banks of $391 million. The $2,347 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors and were primarily concentrated in high-quality positions with negligible direct exposure to onshore equities.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). On March 4, 2016, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision updated its proposal for calculating operational risk regulatory capital. Under the proposal, which would eliminate the use of an internal model-based approach, required levels of operational risk

regulatory capital would generally be determined under a standardized approach based primarily on a financial statement-based measure of operational risk exposure and adjustments based on the particular institution’s historic operational loss record. We are evaluating the potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to public comment and further rulemaking procedures. For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Funding Risk

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating its assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses our ability to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity and Funding Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, of the 2015 Form 10-K.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with anti-money laundering and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, of the 2015 Form 10-K.

 

 

LOGO 120  


Table of Contents
Item 4.Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

  121 LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  Three Months Ended June 30, 2016 
        Average      
Daily
    Balance     
         Interest            Annualized    
Average

Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Interest earning assets:

    

Trading assets(1):

    

U.S.

 $100,731     $459     1.8 

Non-U.S.

  101,631      67     0.3   

Investment securities:

    

U.S.

  78,233      237     1.2   

Loans:

    

U.S.

  88,908      674     3.0   

Non-U.S.

  436          5.3   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

  27,821      38     0.6   

Non-U.S.

  1,429      14     3.8   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

    

U.S.

  157,223      (64)    (0.2)  

Non-U.S.

  82,863      (56)    (0.3)  

Customer receivables and Other(3):

    

U.S.

  46,144      233     2.0   

Non-U.S.

  21,655      59     1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $707,074     $          1,667     0.9 
   

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

  107,742      
 

 

 

    

Total assets

 $        814,816      
 

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

    

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

 $152,792     $10     — 

Non-U.S.

  2,043          1.0   

Short-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  467      —     0.2   

Non-U.S.

  651          4.6   

Long-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  154,745      835     2.2   

Non-U.S.

  8,198          0.4   

Trading liabilities(1):

    

U.S.

  31,410      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  51,385      —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

    

U.S.

  31,412      141     1.8   

Non-U.S.

  31,729      118     1.5   

Customer payables and Other(6):

    

U.S.

  124,463      (335)    (1.1)  

Non-U.S.

  61,729      (36)    (0.2)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $651,024     $754     0.5   
   

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  163,792      
 

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

 $814,816      
 

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

   $913             0.4 
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 122  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 
          Average        
Daily
Balance
           Interest              Annualized    
Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Interest earning assets:

    

Trading assets(1):

    

U.S.

 $86,632     $466     2.2 

Non-U.S.

  134,452      89     0.3   

Investment securities:

    

U.S.

  71,668      238     1.3   

Loans:

    

U.S.

  72,960      526     2.9   

Non-U.S.

  239          5.1   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

  17,637      14     0.3   

Non-U.S.

  946          3.4   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

    

U.S.

  174,981      (182)    (0.4)  

Non-U.S.

  76,904      (18)    (0.1)  

Customer receivables and Other(3):

    

U.S.

  54,343      99     0.7   

Non-U.S.

  31,137      143     1.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $        721,899     $           1,386     0.8 
   

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

  125,866      
 

 

 

    

Total assets

 $847,765      
 

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

    

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

 $134,566     $16     — 

Non-U.S.

  1,884          0.2   

Short-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  1,157      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  1,361          1.5   

Long-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  149,950      907     2.5   

Non-U.S.

  7,441          0.4   

Trading liabilities(1):

    

U.S.

  19,703      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  66,074      —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

    

U.S.

  59,501      94     0.6   

Non-U.S.

  40,621      141     1.4   

Customer payables and Other(6):

    

U.S.

  53,206      (483)    (3.7)  

Non-U.S.

  124,827      (1)    —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $660,291     $688     0.4   
   

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  187,474      
 

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

 $847,765      
 

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

   $698                 0.4 
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  123 LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 
          Average        
Daily
Balance
           Interest              Annualized    
Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Interest earning assets:

    

Trading assets(1):

    

U.S.

 $100,057     $957     1.9 

Non-U.S.

  96,801      152     0.3   

Investment securities:

    

U.S.

  76,999      473     1.2   

Loans:

    

U.S.

  87,529      1,315     3.0   

Non-U.S.

  450      12     5.4   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

  29,289      80     0.5   

Non-U.S.

  1,225      25     4.1   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

    

U.S.

  154,488      (126)    (0.2)  

Non-U.S.

  84,499      (72)    (0.2)  

Customer receivables and Other(3):

    

U.S.

  47,400      468     2.0   

Non-U.S.

  22,092      130     1.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $       700,829     $          3,414     1.0 
   

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

  108,150      
 

 

 

    

Total assets

 $808,979      
 

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

    

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

 $154,540     $27     — 

Non-U.S.

  2,353      10     0.9   

Short-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  633          0.3   

Non-U.S.

  621      13     4.3   

Long-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  153,073      1,786     2.4   

Non-U.S.

  7,732      18     0.5   

Trading liabilities(1):

    

U.S.

  31,735      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  49,756      —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

    

U.S.

  31,635      271     1.7   

Non-U.S.

  28,144      242     1.7   

Customer payables and Other(6):

    

U.S.

  123,511      (704)    (1.1)  

Non-U.S.

  61,218      (62)    (0.2)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $644,951     $1,602     0.5   
   

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  164,028      
 

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

 $808,979      
 

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

   $1,812               0.5 
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 124  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 
          Average        
Daily

Balance
           Interest              Annualized    
Average

Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Interest earning assets:

    

Trading assets(1):

    

U.S.

 $88,677     $947     2.2 

Non-U.S.

  125,895      202     0.3   

Investment securities:

    

U.S.

  71,495      438     1.2   

Loans:

    

U.S.

  69,845      995     2.9   

Non-U.S.

  258          7.1   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

  19,659      31     0.3   

Non-U.S.

  1,032      14     2.8   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

    

U.S.

  166,354      (336)    (0.4)  

Non-U.S.

  84,918      31     0.1   

Customer receivables and Other(3):

    

U.S.

  59,859      270     0.9   

Non-U.S.

  26,379      269     2.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $714,371     $2,870     0.8 
   

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

  128,876      
 

 

 

    

Total assets

 $843,247      
 

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

    

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

 $133,728     $33     0.1 

Non-U.S.

  1,646          0.2   

Short-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  1,158      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  1,137          1.6   

Long-term borrowings(4):

    

U.S.

  148,980      1,824     2.5   

Non-U.S.

  7,892      17     0.4   

Trading liabilities(1):

    

U.S.

  19,820      —     —   

Non-U.S.

  62,582      —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

    

U.S.

  64,010      225     0.7   

Non-U.S.

  36,598      318     1.8   

Customer payables and Other(6):

    

U.S.

  57,825      (864)    (3.0)  

Non-U.S.

  120,318      12     —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

 $       655,694     $         1,576     0.5   
   

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  187,553      
 

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

 $843,247      
 

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

   $1,294             0.3 
   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

(2)

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

(3)

Includes interest from customer receivables and other interest earning assets.

(4)

The Firm also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

(5)

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

(6)

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

  125 LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

Effect of Net Interest Income of Volume and Rate Changes

 

                                                                                    
   Three Months Ended June 30, 2016 versus

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015

 
   

 

Increase (decrease) due to change in:

     
   

 

Volume

   

 

Rate

   

 

Net Change

 
   

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Interest earning assets

      

Trading Assets:

      

U.S.

  $76     $(83)    $(7)  

Non-U.S.

   (22)     —      (22)  

Investment securities:

      

U.S.

   22      (23)     (1)  

Loans:

      

U.S.

   115      33      148   

Non-U.S.

               

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

      

U.S.

        16      24   

Non-U.S.

               

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

      

U.S.

   18      100      118   

Non-U.S.

   (1)     (37)     (38)  

Customer receivables and Other:

      

U.S.

   (15)     149      134   

Non-U.S.

   (44)     (40)     (84)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $163     $118     $281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits:

      

U.S.

  $    $(8)    $(6)  

Non-U.S.

   —             

Short-term borrowings:

      

U.S.

   —      —      —   

Non-U.S.

   (3)            

Long-term borrowings:

      

U.S.

   29      (101)     (72)  

Non-U.S.

        —        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

      

U.S.

   (44)     91      47   

Non-U.S.

   (31)          (23)  

Customer payables and Other:

      

U.S.

   (647)     795      148   

Non-U.S.

        (36)     (35)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(692)    $758     $66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $855     $(640)    $215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO 126  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

                                                                                    
   Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 versus

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015

 
   

 

Increase (decrease) due to change in:

     
   

 

Volume

   

 

Rate

   

 

Net Change

 
   

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Interest earning assets

      

 

Trading assets:

      

 

U.S.

  $122     $(112)    $10   

 

Non-U.S.

   (47)     (3)     (50)  

 

Investment securities:

      

 

U.S.

   34           35   

 

Loans:

      

 

U.S.

   252      68      320   

 

Non-U.S.

        (4)        

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

      

 

U.S.

   15      34      49   

 

Non-U.S.

             11   

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

      

 

U.S.

   24      186      210   

 

Non-U.S.

   —      (103)     (103)  

 

Customer receivables and Other:

      

 

U.S.

   (56)     254      198   

 

Non-U.S.

   (44)     (95)     (139)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $310     $234     $544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

 

Deposits:

      

 

U.S.

  $    $(11)    $(6)  

 

Non-U.S.

               

 

Short-term borrowings:

      

 

U.S.

   —             

 

Non-U.S.

   (4)            

 

Long-term borrowings:

      

 

U.S.

   50      (88)     (38)  

 

Non-U.S.

   —             

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

      

 

U.S.

   (114)     160      46   

 

Non-U.S.

   (73)     (3)     (76)  

 

Customer payables and Other:

      

 

U.S.

   (981)     1,141     160   

 

Non-U.S.

   (6)     (68)     (74)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(1,122)    $1,148     $26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $1,432     $(914)    $518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  127 LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II—Other Information

 

Item 1.Legal Proceedings

 

The following new matters and developments have occurred since previously reporting certain matters in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-K”) and the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”). See also the disclosures set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 of the Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 of the First Quarter Form 10-Q.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

Civil Litigation

On April 29, 2016, in Royal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al., the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

On May 23, 2016, the parties in HSH Nordbank AG, et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

On June 14, 2016, in Wilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss.

On July 20, 2016, the Firm filed a demurrer in California v. Morgan Stanley, et al.

On July 27, 2016, in The Charles Schwab Corp. v. BNP Paribas Securities Corp., et al., the Firm reached an agreement with the plaintiff to settle the litigation.

Other Litigation

On July 11, 2016, the Firm received an invitation to respond to a proposed claim (“Proposed Claim”) by the public prosecutor for Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy. The Proposed Claim relates to certain derivative transactions between the Republic of Italy and the Firm. The transactions were originally entered into between 1999 and 2005, and were terminated in December 2011 and January 2012. The Proposed Claim alleges, inter alia, that the Firm was acting as an agent of the Republic of Italy, that some or all of the derivative transactions were improper and that the termination of the transactions was also improper. The Proposed Claim indicates that, if a proceeding is initiated against the Firm, the public prosecutor would be asserting administrative claims against the Firm for Euro 2.879 billion. The Firm does not agree with the Proposed Claim and intends to present its defenses to the public prosecutor.

 

 

LOGO 128  


Table of Contents
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the quarterly period ended June 30, 2016.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

                                                                                                

Period

 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
  Average Price
Paid Per Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans of
Programs(1)
  Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (April 1, 2016-April 30, 2016)

    

Share Repurchase Program(2)

  3,670,865   $27.15    3,670,865   $525  

Employee transactions(3)

  1,068,030   $26.05          

Month #2 (May 1, 2016-May 31, 2016)

    

Share Repurchase Program(2)

  11,623,406   $26.71    11,623,406   $215  

Employee transactions(3)

  13,059   $27.24          

Month #3 (June 1, 2016-June 30, 2016)

    

Share Repurchase Program(2)

  8,188,782   $26.25    8,188,782   $3,500  

Employee transactions(3)

  16,489   $27.12          

Quarter ended at June 30, 2016

    

Share Repurchase Program(2)

  23,483,053   $26.61    23,483,053   $3,500  

Employee transactions(3)

  1,097,578   $26.08          

 

(1)

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

(2)

The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. In June 2016, the Firm received a conditional non-objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2016 capital plan, which included a share repurchase of up to $3.5 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. During the current quarter, the Firm repurchased approximately $625 million of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I, Item 2.

(3)

Includes shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards and the exercise of stock options granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans.

 

Item 6.Exhibits

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.

 

  129 LOGO


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

 By:                     /s/ JONATHAN PRUZAN

 

Jonathan Pruzan

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 By:                         /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH

 

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: August 3, 2016

 

LOGO 130  


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended June 30, 2016

 

    Exhibit No.    

  

Description

 

10.1 

  

 

Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of August 1, 2016.

 

10.2 

  

 

Morgan Stanley Schedule of Non-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of August 1, 2016.

 

12 

  

 

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

 

15 

  

 

Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated August 3, 2016, concerning unaudited interim financial information.

 

31.1 

  

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

31.2 

  

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

32.1 

  

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

32.2 

  

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

101 

  

 

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets—June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

  E-1 LOGO